Quarterlytics / Utilities / Regulated Water / Rexnord corp

Rexnord corp

rxn · NYSE Utilities
Claim this profile
Ticker rxn
Exchange NYSE
Sector Utilities
Industry Regulated Water
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Rexnord corp
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 1 7

About Rexnord

Rexnord  is  a  multiplatform  industrial  leader  with  exceptional  trusted  brands  that  serve  a  diverse  array  of  global  end  markets.  

Headquartered in Milwaukee, we have been manufacturing products in America for 125 years, and our U.S. operations are home 

to more than half of our global workforce. Every day our 8,000 associates across the globe work to satisfy customers and create 

long-term shareholder value.

Our Process & Motion Control platform designs, manufactures, markets and services highly engineered mechanical components 

that help customers increase productivity and prevent downtime. Rexnord bearings, couplings and gears keep industry in motion  

– from power plants to mining operations. Our conveyer components help make everything from cars to food. And, Rexnord  

aerospace products can be found throughout aircraft from the engine to the landing gear.

Our Water Management platform offers water solutions that help protect human health and the environment. We design, procure, 

manufacture and market products that provide and enhance water quality, safety, flow control and conservation. Rexnord products 

keep water flowing in hospitals, schools, homes and businesses, and can be found in applications from roadway and roof drainage 

to dams and hydropower.

The company is operated in a disciplined way with the Rexnord Business System (RBS), a process-based framework for world- 

class  operating  performance  and  continuous  improvement.  RBS  enables  speed,  scalability  and  consistency  to  drive  superior  

customer satisfaction and financial results. By deploying our RBS methodology, Rexnord continues to solidify and grow long- 

standing, globally competitive businesses, while systematically integrating acquisitions and finding new ways to grow.

Doing the right thing has been part of our core values for more than a century. So have volunteerism and philanthropy, and our 

Rexnord Foundation formalized this commitment more than 60 years ago. We make our communities better with individual and 

organizational volunteering, matching gifts, grants, scholarships and corporate donations.

Corporate Information

FORM 10-K REPORT

The company’s Fiscal 2017 Form 10-K annual report has 
been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  
A copy is included as part of this annual report.

COMMON STOCK LISTING

New York Stock Exchange
Symbol: RXN

ANNUAL MEETING

Stockholders are invited to attend the Fiscal 2018 Annual 
Meeting on Thursday, July 27, 2017, at 9:00 a.m. Central 
Time, at the Water Council Building, 247 Freshwater Way, 
Milwaukee, WI.

TRANSFER AGENT 

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC
6201 15th Ave., Brooklyn, NY 11219
(800) 937-5449
www.astfinancial.com

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS

Rexnord Corporation
247 Freshwater Way
Milwaukee, WI 53204
www.rexnord.com

REXNORD  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2017

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED  
PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Ernst & Young LLP
Milwaukee, Wisconsin

LEGAL COUNSEL

Quarles & Brady LLP
Milwaukee, Wisconsin

Fellow Stockholders,

Our  sales  for  fi scal  year  2017  totaled  $1.9  billion  and 

increased 2% year over year excluding the impact of foreign 

currency  translation  due  to  the  stronger  dollar  and  lower 

sales from a non-core product line in our Water Management 

platform that we exited during the year. Our sales benefi ted 

from the solid progress we made on our share gain initiatives 

across the company, the acquisition of Cambridge Interna-

tional Holdings, a leading manufacturer of engineered woven 

metal solutions primarily used in food processing applications, 

as well as market growth in our consumer-facing, aerospace 

and  non-residential  construction  end  markets.  Offsetting  a 

portion of that growth were challenging market conditions for 

the majority of the year in our process industry end markets, 

particularly those directly related to commodities, as well as 

Digital Rexnord

DiRXN™

Digitizing 
connections 
across your 
lifecycle for 
optimum 
productivity

timize my asset  m

p
O
“

e m e n t ”

g

a

n

a

“Help m

e (cid:386)

Search

Replace

Design

n

d

a

n

d

d

e

c

i

d

e

”

Maintain

DiRXN

Select

“

K

e

e

p

m

Operate

e

 f

u

n

ctioning”

Procure

”
y
u

e  it e asy to b

Install

k

“ M a

our water infrastructure markets in regions that are tied to oil 

Our new digital product and service offerings are all part of 

prices. Our orders outpaced our sales, resulting in an increase 

our digital platform called DiRXN™ (pronounced “Direction”) 

in our overall backlog and, during the last quarter of our fi scal 

that was launched in May 2017. DiRXN is designed to pro-

year,  we  saw  an  improvement  in  demand  from  our  process 

vide  a  consistent  customer  experience  and  enables  us  to 

industry end markets. 

Our  adjusted  EBITDA  margin  was  18.1%  and  we  delivered 

another year of cash fl ow conversion above 100% of our net 

income as our free cash fl ow totaled $141 million in the fi scal 

year.  During  the  year,  we  strengthened  our  balance  sheet 

with  the  convertible  preferred  stock  offering  and  term  loan 

refi nancing  that  extended  our  debt  maturity  to  2023,  while 

reducing  our  leverage  to  an  all-time  low  at  the  end  of  our 

fi scal year. 

Across  the  organization,  we  continue  to  invest  in  our  core 

businesses while extending our reach through investments in 

connected products and digital customer experiences as well 

as  accelerated  new  product  introductions,  including  a  suite 

of  Industrial  Internet  of  Things  (IIoT)  Rexnord®  Connected 

Products  and  Rexnord®  Power  Transmission  Select  products 

targeted at OEMs and end users to drive fi rst-fi t wins. Within 

Water Management, new product introductions include next-

generation  Drains  and  the  Zurn®  Sundara™  Solid  Surface 

Hand  Washing  System  —  a  modern,  architecturally-inspired 

approach  to  handwashing  in  the  commercial  restroom  that 

direct  customers  and  partners  to  all  of  our  digital  tools, 

products,  services,  content  and  an  e-commerce  portal  to 

purchase  products.  While  our  customers  and  products  may 

differ across platforms, we have commonality in the enabling 

technologies  to  connect  to  the  IIoT  and  cloud-based  soft-

ware packages. We expect the DiRXN platform will enhance 

our user experience across our customer base and will differ-

entiate us in the marketplace. 

Beyond  our  investments  in  new  product  development  and 

digitizing  how  we  interact  with  customers,  we  continue  to 

invest  in  our  people,  processes  and  tools.  We  operate  the 

company  in  a  disciplined  way  and  the  Rexnord  Business 

System  (RBS)  is  our  operating  philosophy.  Grounded  in  the 

spirit  of  continuous  improvement,  RBS  creates  a  scalable, 

process-based  framework  that  focuses  on  driving  superior 

customer satisfaction and fi nancial results by targeting world-

class  operating  performance  throughout  all  aspects  of  our 

business. We believe that by having a standard in which we 

operate, the company drives consistent, scalable, and sustain-

able execution and is what ultimately differentiates us.

combines  a  seamless  countertop  and  basin  design  with 

As we start the new fi scal year, we are more optimistic about 

curated faucets and soap dispensers to match. 

the  growth  of  Rexnord  than  we’ve  been  in  the  last  couple 

REXNORD  | ANNUAL REPORT 2017

 90669 AnnualReport2017_OpeningPages.indd   1

6/2/17   7:05 AM

 
 
 
of  years.  We  enter  the  year  with  an  improved  backlog,  a 

more nimble cost structure, demand in our process industry 

end  markets  showing  signs  of  life,  and  anticipated  growth 

in  our  commercial  aerospace  and  consumer  end  markets 

as  well  our  Water  Management  end  markets.  We  remain 

focused  on  controlling  what  we  can  and  driving  RBS-led 

continuous  improvement  initiatives  across  the  company,  as 

well as leveraging our new product introductions and digital 

platform  to  deliver  above-market  growth,  margin  expansion 

and strong free cash fl ow, while effectively deploying our cap-

ital to strategic inorganic growth opportunities and reducing 

our leverage over time. We believe these actions will continue 

to position the company for growth and will deliver value to 

our customers, stockholders and associates. 

Todd A. Adams
President and CEO, Rexnord 

REXNORD  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2017

 90669 AnnualReport2017_OpeningPages.indd   2

6/2/17   7:05 AM

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
_________________________________________________
FORM 10-K

(Mark one)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from            to

Commission File Number: 001-35475

_________________________________________________

REXNORD CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

247 Freshwater Way, Suite 300, Milwaukee, Wisconsin

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

20-5197013
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

53204

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (414) 643-3739

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class

Common Stock $.01 par value

Depository Shares, each representing a 1/20th interest in a share of 5.75%
Series A Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value

Name of Each Exchange of Which Registered

The New York Stock Exchange

The New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
__________________________________ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  

    No   

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes  

     No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements 
for the past 90 days. Yes 

  No 

Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required 
to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes 

    No 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the 
best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this 
Form 10-K. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an 
emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,"  “smaller reporting company” and "emerging growth company" in 
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  

    Accelerated filer  

    Non-accelerated filer  

    Smaller reporting company  

 Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new 

or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  

    No   

As of September 30, 2016, the end of the Registrant's second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the shares of common stock (based upon the 
$21.41 closing price on the New York Stock Exchange on September 30, 2016) held by non-affiliates (excludes shares reported as beneficially owned by then-
current directors and executive officers - does not constitute an admission as to affiliate status) was approximately $2,193.2 million.

As of May 12, 2017, there were 103,661,298 shares of common stock outstanding.

Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporates by reference certain information from the Proxy Statement for the Registrant's fiscal 2018 annual 

meeting of stockholders, to be held on or about July 27, 2017, which proxy statement will be subsequently filed.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   1

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
       
 
 
 
    
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Part I

Business

Risk Factors

Unresolved Staff Comments

Properties

Legal Proceedings

Mine Safety Disclosure

Executive Officers of the Registrant

Part II

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities

Selected Financial Data

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Controls and Procedures

Other Information

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Executive Compensation

Part III

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

Form 10-K Summary

Part IV

Item 1.

Item 1A.

Item 1B.

Item 2.

Item 3.

Item 4.

Item 5.

Item 6.

Item 7.
Item 7A.

Item 8.

Item 9.

Item 9A.

Item 9B.

Item 10.

Item 11.

Item 12.

Item 13.

Item 14.

Item 15.

Item 16.

4 

13

21

22

23

23

23

25

27

29

42

44

86

86

86

87

87

87

87

87

88

88

2

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   2

5/23/17   3:46 PM

PART I

CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This report includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws that involve risks 
and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include statements we make concerning our plans, objectives, goals, strategies, 
future events, future revenues or performance, capital expenditures, financing needs and other information that is not historical 
information and, in particular, appear in Items 1, 1A and 7 hereof.  When used in this report, the words “estimates,” “expects,” 
“anticipates,” “projects,” “forecasts,” “plans,” “believes,” “foresees,” “seeks,” “likely,” “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “goal,” 
“target” or “intends” and variations of these words or similar expressions (or the negative versions of any such words) are intended 
to identify forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements are based upon information available to us on the date of 
this report. 

These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are outside of our 
control, that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements, including, 
among other things, the matters discussed in this report in the Items identified above. Some of the factors that we believe could 
affect our results include: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the impact of our indebtedness; 

our competitive environment; 

general economic and business conditions, market factors and our exposure to customers in cyclical industries;

the effect of local, national and international economic, credit and capital market conditions on the economy in 
general, and on our customers and the industries in which we operate in particular; 

risks associated with our international operations; 

the loss of any significant customer;

dependence on independent distributors; 

increases in cost of our raw materials and our possible inability to increase product prices to offset such increases;

impact of weather on the demand for our products; 

changes in technology and manufacturing techniques; 

performance, and potential failure, of our information and data security systems;

the costs of environmental compliance and/or the imposition of liabilities under environmental, health and safety 
laws and regulations;

legislative, regulatory and legal developments involving taxes;

the costs associated with asbestos claims and other potential product liability; 

the costs related to strategic acquisitions or divestitures or the integration of recent and future acquisitions into our 
business; 

our access to available and reasonable financing on a timely basis; 

changes in governmental laws and regulations, or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, including for 
environmental matters;

reliance on intellectual property; 

•  work stoppages by unionized employees; 

• 

• 

• 

• 

loss of key personnel; 

changes in pension funding requirements; 

potential impairment of goodwill and intangible assets; and 

the other factors set forth herein, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” in Part I Item 1A.

There are likely other factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results referred to in the 
forward-looking statements.  All forward-looking statements attributable to us apply only as of the date of this report and are 
expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included in this report. We undertake no obligation to publicly 
update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date made or to reflect the occurrence 
of unanticipated events, except as required by law.

3

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   3

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.  

Our Company

Rexnord  Corporation,  a  Delaware  corporation  incorporated  in  2006,  is  a  growth-oriented,  multi-platform  industrial 
company with what we believe are leading market shares and highly-trusted brands that serve a diverse array of global end markets. 
We currently operate our business in two strategic platforms - Process & Motion Control and Water Management, both of which 
have expanded significantly by means of acquisitions of other companies or operations; see "Acquisitions and Divestitures" below 
for further information as to recent transactions.  Our heritage of innovation and specification have allowed us to provide highly-
engineered, mission-critical solutions to customers for decades and affords us the privilege of having long-term, valued relationships 
with market leaders. We operate our Company in a disciplined way and the Rexnord Business System (“RBS”) is our operating 
philosophy. Grounded in the spirit of continuous improvement, RBS creates a scalable, process-based framework that focuses on 
driving superior customer satisfaction and financial results by targeting world-class operating performance throughout all aspects 
of our business.

Our strategy is to build the Company around multiple, global strategic platforms that participate in end markets with 
sustainable growth characteristics where we are, or have the opportunity to become, the industry leader. We have a track record 
of acquiring and integrating companies and expect to continue to pursue strategic acquisitions within our existing platforms that 
will expand our geographic presence, broaden our product lines, and allow us to move into adjacent markets. Over time, we may 
add strategic platforms to our Company. 

We believe that we have one of the broadest portfolios of highly engineered, mission and project-critical Process & 
Motion Control products for industrial, consumer goods, and aerospace applications worldwide. Our Process & Motion Control 
portfolio includes products and services used to safely, reliably and efficiently solve a wide range of demanding process and 
discrete automation and motion control applications.  Our Water Management platform is a leader in the multi-billion dollar, 
specification-driven, commercial and institutional construction market for water management products as well as municipal water 
and wastewater treatment markets. Our Water Management product portfolio includes building and site water management solutions 
used primarily in nonresidential construction and retrofit end markets and engineered flow control products for the municipal 
water and wastewater treatment market worldwide.

Our products are generally “specified” or requested by end users across both of our strategic platforms as a result of our 
products’ reliable performance in demanding environments, our custom application engineering capabilities, and our ability to 
provide global customer support. Typically, our Process & Motion Control products are initially incorporated into products sold 
by original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) or sold to end users as critical components in large, complex systems where the 
cost  of  failure  or  downtime  is  high,  and  thereafter  replaced  through  industrial  distributors  as  they  are  consumed  or  require 
replacement.

The demand for our Water Management products is primarily driven by new infrastructure, the retrofit of existing structures 
to  make  them  more  energy  and  water  efficient,  commercial  and  institutional  construction,  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  residential 
construction. We believe we have become a market leader in the industry by developing innovative products that meet the stringent 
third-party regulatory, building, and plumbing code requirements and by subsequently achieving specification of our products into 
projects and applications.

We are led by an experienced, high-caliber management team that employs RBS as a proven operating philosophy to 
drive excellence and world-class performance in all aspects of our business by focusing on the “Voice of the Customer” process 
and ensuring superior customer satisfaction. Our footprint encompasses 45 principal Process & Motion Control manufacturing, 
warehouse, and repair facilities and 24 principal Water Management manufacturing and warehouse facilities located around the 
world which allow us to meet the needs of our increasingly global customer base as well as our distribution channel partners. 

Unless  otherwise  noted,  “Rexnord,”  “we,”  “us,”  “our”  and  the  “Company”  means  Rexnord  Corporation  and  its 
consolidated subsidiaries.  Our fiscal year is the year ending March 31 of the corresponding calendar year. For example, our fiscal 
year 2017, or fiscal 2017, means the period from April 1, 2016 to March 31, 2017. 

4

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   4

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RBS

RBS creates a scalable, process-based framework that focuses on driving superior customer satisfaction and financial 
results by targeting world-class operating performance throughout all aspects of our business.  RBS is based on the following 
principles: (1) strategy deployment (a long-term strategic planning process that determines annual improvement priorities and the 
actions necessary to achieve those priorities); (2) measuring our performance based on customer satisfaction, or the “Voice of the 
Customer;” (3) involvement of all our associates in the execution of our strategy; and (4) a culture that embraces Kaizen, the 
Japanese philosophy of continuous improvement. We believe applying RBS can yield superior growth, quality, delivery and cost 
positions relative to our competition, resulting in enhanced profitability and ultimately the creation of stockholder value. As we 
have applied RBS over the past several years, we have experienced significant improvements in growth, productivity, cost reduction 
and asset efficiency and believe there are substantial opportunities to continue to improve our performance as we continue to apply 
RBS.

Our Platforms 

Below is a summary of our net sales by segment and geographic region of origination (dollars in millions):

Process & Motion Control

% of net sales

Water Management

% of net sales

Consolidated

% of net sales

Year Ended March 31, 2017

United States

Europe

Rest of World

Total Net Sales

$

$

753.6

$

218.9

$

162.2

$

1,134.7

66.4%

566.7

72.3%

19.3%

113.7

14.5%

14.3%

103.1

13.2%

100.0%

783.5

100.0%

1,320.3

$

332.6

$

265.3

$

1,918.2

68.9%

17.3%

13.8%

100.0%

See more information regarding our segments and our sales by geography within Item 8, Note 20 Business Segment 

Information.

Process & Motion Control 

Our Process & Motion Control platform designs, manufactures, markets and services a broad range of specified, highly-
engineered mechanical components used within complex systems where our customers' reliability requirements and costs of failure 
or downtime are high. The Process & Motion Control portfolio includes motion control products, shaft management products, 
aerospace components, and related value-added services.  Our products and services are marketed and sold globally under widely 
recognized brand names, including Rexnord®, Rex®, FlatTop®, Falk®, Link-Belt®  and Cambridge®.  We sell our Process & 
Motion Control products and services into a diverse group of attractive end markets, including food and beverage, aerospace, 
mining, petrochemical, energy and power generation, cement and aggregates, forest and wood products, agriculture, and general 
industrial and automation applications.  

We have established long-term relationships with OEMs and end users serving a wide variety of industries. As a result 
of our long-term relationships with OEMs and end users, we have created a significant installed base for our Process & Motion 
Control  products,  which  are  consumed  or  worn  in  use  and  have  a  relatively  predictable  replacement  cycle.  We  believe  this 
replacement dynamic drives recurring maintenance, repair, and operations ("MRO") demand for our products. We estimate that 
approximately half of our Process & Motion Control net sales are to distributors, who provide an aftermarket channel to primarily 
serve OEM and end-user MRO demand generated by the installed base of our products through approximately 2,300 distribution 
points across 110 countries.

Most of our products are critical components in large scale manufacturing processes, where the cost of component failure 
and resulting down-time is high. Many customer facilities have a range of requirements and applications for multiple products 
across our expansive product portfolio. We believe our reputation for superior quality, reliability, application expertise, and ability 
to meet lead time expectations are highly valued by our customers, as demonstrated by their preference to specify and purchase 
Rexnord brand products when it is time to replace an installed Rexnord product, or “like-for-like” product replacements. We 
believe this replacement dynamic for our products, our focus on capturing first-fit installations, our significant installed base, and 
our global supply chain and manufacturing footprint enables us to achieve premium pricing, world-class customer satisfaction, 
recurring revenue generation, and a competitive advantage.

5

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   5

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
Water Management 

Our Water Management platform designs, procures, manufactures, and markets products that provide and enhance water 
quality, safety, flow control and conservation. The Water Management product portfolio includes professional grade water control 
and safety, water distribution and drainage, finish plumbing, and site works products for primarily nonresidential buildings and 
flow control products for water and wastewater treatment infrastructure markets. Our products are marketed and sold under widely 
recognized brand names, including Zurn®, Wilkins®, GA®, Green Turtle® and VAG®.

Over the past century, the businesses that comprise our Water Management platform have established themselves as 
innovators and leading designers, manufacturers and distributors of highly engineered products and solutions that control the flow, 
delivery, treatment and conservation of water to the infrastructure, institutional, and commercial construction and, to a lesser 
extent, the residential construction end markets. Segments of the infrastructure end market include: municipal water and wastewater, 
transportation,  and  hydropower.    Segments  of  the  institutional  construction  end  market  include  government,  health  care,  and 
education. Segments of the commercial construction end market include: lodging, retail, dining, sports arenas, and warehouse/
office. The demand for our Water Management products is primarily driven by new infrastructure, the retrofit of existing structures 
(to make them more energy and water efficient), and new commercial and institutional building construction.

Our Water Management products are principally specification-driven and project-critical and typically represent a low 
percentage of the overall project cost. We believe these characteristics, coupled with our extensive distribution network, create a 
high level of end-user loyalty for our products and allow us to maintain leading market shares in the majority of our product lines. 
We believe we have become a market leader in the industry by meeting the stringent country specific regulatory, building, and 
plumbing code requirements and subsequently achieving specification of our products into projects and applications. The majority 
of these stringent testing and regulatory approval processes are completed through the Foundation for Cross-Connection Control 
and Hydraulic Research at the University of Southern California, the International Association of Plumbing and  Mechanical 
Officials (“IAPMO”), the National Sanitation Foundation (“NSF”), the Plumbing and Drainage Institute (“PDI"), the Underwriters 
Laboratories (“UL”), Factory Mutual (“FM”), the American Waterworks Association (“AWWA”), Deutscher Verein des Gas- und 
Wasserfaches e.V. (“DVGW”), Umwelt Bundesamt (“UBA”), Water Regulations Advisory Scheme (“WRAS”), ANCOR Groupe 
(“NF”),  Direction  générale  de  la  Santé  (“ACS”),  and  Keurings  Instituut  voor  Waterleiding Artikelen  (“KIWA”)  prior  to  the 
commercialization of our products. 

Our Water Management platform has an extensive sales and marketing network spanning 50 countries, which consists 
of approximately 1,100 independent sales representatives across 200 sales agencies in addition to 240 direct sales and marketing 
associates who work with local engineers, contractors, builders, and architects to specify our products for use in construction 
projects. Specifically, it has been our experience that, once an architect, engineer, contractor, or owner has specified our product 
with satisfactory results, that person will generally continue to use our products in future projects. The inclusion of our products 
with project specifications, combined with our ability to innovate, engineer, and deliver products and systems that save time and 
money for engineers, contractors, builders, and architects has resulted in growing demand for our products. Our distribution model 
is  predicated  upon  maintaining  high  product  availability  near  our  customers. We  believe  that  this  model  provides  us  with  a 
competitive advantage as we are able to meet our customer demand with local inventory at significantly reduced lead times as 
compared to others in our industry.

Our Markets 

We evaluate our competitive position in our markets based on available market data, relevant benchmarks compared to 
our relative peer group, and industry trends. We generally do not participate in segments of our served markets that have been 
commoditized or in applications that do not require differentiation based on product quality, reliability and innovation. In both of 
our platforms, we believe the end markets we serve span a broad and diverse array of commercial and industrial end markets with 
solid fundamental long-term growth characteristics.

Process & Motion Control Market 

The market for Process & Motion Control products is very fragmented with most participants having single or limited 
product lines and serving specific geographic markets. While there are numerous competitors with limited product offerings, there 
are only a few national and international competitors of a size comparable to us. While we compete with certain domestic and 
international competitors across a portion of our product lines, we do not believe that any one competitor directly competes with 
us across each of our product line categories. The industry's customer base is broadly diversified across many sectors of the 
economy. We believe that growth in the Process & Motion Control market is closely tied to overall growth in industrial production 
which we believe has fundamental and significant long-term growth potential. In addition, we believe that through innovating to 
meet the changes in customer demands and focusing on higher growth end-markets, Process & Motion Control can grow at rates 
faster than overall United States industrial production.

6

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   6

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
The Process & Motion Control market is also characterized by the need for sophisticated engineering experience, the 
ability to design and produce a broad number of niche products with short lead times, and long-standing customer relationships. 
We believe entry into our markets by competitors with lower labor costs, including foreign competitors, will be limited due to the 
fact that we manufacture highly specialized niche products that are critical components in large-scale manufacturing processes. 
In addition, we believe there is an industry trend of customers increasingly consolidating their vendor bases, which we believe 
should allow suppliers with broader product offerings, such as ourselves, to capture additional market share.

Water Management Market 

The markets in which our Water Management platform participates are relatively fragmented with competitors across a 
broad range of industries, sectors, and product lines. Although competition exists across all of our Water Management businesses, 
we do not believe that any one competitor directly competes with us across all of our product lines. We believe that our served
markets are growing long term at relatively strong rates, and that the growing demand for water conservation, quality, and safety 
can potentially support market growth above that of overall United States industrial production.  We believe that we can continue 
to grow our platform at rates above the growth rate of the overall market and the growth rate of our competition, by focusing our 
efforts and resources towards end markets that have above-average growth characteristics.

We  believe  the  areas  of  the Water  Management  industry  in  which  we  compete  are  tied  to  growth  in  infrastructure, 
commercial, and institutional construction, which we believe have significant long-term growth fundamentals. Historically, the 
infrastructure, commercial, and institutional construction sectors have been more stable and less vulnerable to down-cycles than 
the residential construction industry. Compared with residential construction cycles, downturns in infrastructure, commercial, and 
institutional construction have been shorter and less severe, and upturns have lasted longer and had higher peaks in terms of 
spending  as  well  as  units  and  square  footage.  In  addition,  we  believe  that  water  management  manufacturers  with  innovative 
products, like ours, are able to grow at a faster pace than the broader infrastructure, commercial, and institutional construction 
markets, as well as mitigate cyclical downturns.

The Water Management industry's specification-driven end-markets require manufacturers to work closely with engineers, 
contractors, builders, and architects in local markets to design specific applications on a project-by-project basis. As a result, 
building  and  maintaining  relationships  with  architects,  engineers,  contractors  and  builders,  who  specify  products  for  use  in 
construction projects, and having flexibility in design and product innovation are critical to compete effectively in the market. 
Companies with a strong network of such relationships have a competitive advantage. Specifically, it has been our experience 
that, once an engineer, contractor, builder, or architect has specified our product with satisfactory results, that person often will 
continue to use our products in future projects.

Our Products

Process & Motion Control Products

Our Process & Motion Control products are generally critical components in the machinery or plant in which they operate, 
yet they typically account for a low percentage of an end user's total production cost. We believe, because the costs associated 
with a Process & Motion Control product failure to the end user can be substantial, end users in most of the markets we serve 
focus on Process & Motion Control products with superior quality, reliability, and availability, rather than considering price alone, 
when making a purchasing decision. We believe that the key to success in our industry is to develop and maintain a reputation for 
quality and reliability, as well as create and maintain an extensive distribution network, which we believe leads to a strong preference 
to replace products “like-for-like” while driving recurring MRO revenues and linking first-fit specifications to market share gain.  
Our leading Process & Motion Control brands include Rexnord, Rex, Addax®, Euroflex®, Falk, FlatTop, Cambridge, Link-Belt, 
Omega®, PSI®, Shafer®, Stearns®, Highfield®, Thomas®, and Tollok®. 

Motion Control Products

We are a leading manufacturer and supplier of highly engineered mechanical power transmission components used to 
affect and control material movement within heavy-duty process automation and discrete automation applications.  Our motion 
control products include table top conveying chain and related accessories, metal conveying and engineered woven metals, gearing 
& gear drives, conveying equipment, industrial chain, and custom assemblies.  Our FlatTop highly-engineered table top conveyor 
chain and related conveyor system accessories are used in discrete automation applications such as high-speed beverage-filling 
operations  and  is  primarily  sold  to  the  food  and  beverage  processing  and  packaging,  consumer  products,  warehousing  and 
distribution, automotive, and parts processing industries.  Our gear drives reduce the output speed and increase the torque from 
an electronic motor or engine to the level required to drive a particular piece of equipment or an element of a larger mechanical 
system (such as a conveyor system).  We produce a wide range of heavy, medium, and light-duty gear drives for bulk and unit 
material handling, mixing, pumping, and general gearing applications. Our conveying equipment components and industrial chain 
products are used primarily in heavy-duty process automation applications in numerous industries, including mining, construction 
and agricultural equipment, forest and wood products, cement and aggregates processing and hydrocarbon processing.  

7

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   7

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
In fiscal 2017, we purchased Cambridge International Holdings Corp. ("Cambridge"), which is one of the world's largest suppliers 
of metal conveying and engineered woven metal solutions, primarily used in food processing end markets, as well as in architectural, 
packaging and filtration applications.  We also produce custom-engineered, application-specific miniature gearboxes and motion 
control  assemblies  and  components  that  are  supplied  to  a  variety  of  end  markets,  including  aerospace  and  defense,  medical 
equipment, robotics, semiconductor, instrumentation, and satellite communications. 

Shaft Management Products

We are a leading manufacturer and supplier of highly engineered mechanical power transmission components used to 
control, support, and protect rotating shafts within process automation and discrete automation applications.  Rotating shafts 
transmit system power to the moving elements in machinery and equipment.  Our shaft management products include couplings, 
torque limiters, electromagnetic clutches and brakes, industrial bearings, and shaft locking assemblies.  Couplings are primarily 
used in high-speed, high-torque applications and are the interface between two shafts that permit power to be safely and efficiently 
transmitted from one shaft to the other.  Torque limiters, clutches, and brakes are used in machinery applications to safely control 
shaft engagement and stopping.   Industrial bearings are components that support, guide and reduce the friction of motion between 
fixed and moving machine parts.  We primarily produce mounted bearings, which are offered in a variety of specialized housings 
to suit specific industrial applications, and generally command higher margins than unmounted bearings.  Shaft locking assemblies 
are  used  to  secure  machine  shafts  to  hubs  through  a  mechanical  interference  fit  that  eliminates  shaft  backlash  and  improves 
transmission of high torques and axial loads.  Our shaft management products are used in a wide range of end markets that include 
food and beverage, mining, energy and power generation, aggregates processing, pulp and paper, steel, chemical, forest and wood 
products, agricultural equipment, and general industrial and automation.  

Aerospace Components

We supply our aerospace components primarily to the commercial and military aircraft end markets for use in door 
systems,  engine  accessories,  engine  controls,  engine  mounts,  flight  control  systems,  gearboxes,  landing  gear  and  rotor  pitch 
controls. The majority of our sales are to engine and airframe OEMs that specify our aerospace bearing and mechanical seal 
products for their aircraft and turbine engine platforms, often based on proprietary designs, capabilities, and solutions. We also 
supply highly specialized gears and related products through our aerospace-focused build-to-print manufacturing operations.

Water Management Products

Water Management products tend to be project-critical, highly-engineered and high value-add and typically are a low 
percentage of overall project cost. We believe the combination of these features creates a high level of end-user loyalty, reinforced 
by our investments in developing innovative new product solutions. Demand for these products is influenced by regulatory, building 
and plumbing code requirements. Many Water Management products must meet the stringent country-specific regulatory, building, 
and plumbing code requirements prior to the commercialization of our products (such as IAPMO, NSF, UL, FM, PDI, AWWA, 
DVGW, UBA, WRAS, NF, ACS, and KIWA). In addition, many of these products must meet detailed specifications set by water 
management engineers, contractors, builders, and architects. Among our leading brands are Zurn, Wilkins, and VAG.

Water Safety, Quality, and Flow Control Products

Our water safety, quality, and flow control products are sold under the Zurn and Wilkins brand names and encompass a 
wide range of valve products, distribution and drainage products, and site works products.  Key valve products include backflow 
preventers, fire system valves, pressure reducing valves, and thermostatic mixing valves. These highly-specified and engineered 
flow control devices protect and control the potable water supply and emergency water supply within a building or site.  Designed 
to meet the stringent requirements of independent test labs, such as the Foundation for Cross Connection Control and Hydraulic 
Research at USC, NSF, UL and FM, they are sold into commercial, institutional, and industrial new construction and retrofit 
applications as well as the fire protection, waterworks, and irrigation end markets.

Engineered  water  distribution  solutions  that  protect  human  health  and  gravity  drainage  products  that  protect  the 
environment are sold under the Zurn brand and are typically required in the early stages of a construction or retrofit project, when 
potable water and non-potable water distribution and drainage systems are installed.   Specification drainage products include 
point drains (such as roof drains and floor drains), hydrants, fixture carrier systems, and chemical drainage systems that are used 
to  control  storm  water,  process  water,  and  potable  water  in  various  commercial,  institutional,  industrial,  civil,  and  irrigation 
applications. Water distribution products include PEX piping, valves, fittings, and installation tools.  PEX tubing is manufactured 
from cross-linked polyethylene and is designed for high temperature and pressure fluid distribution piping applications for both 
potable water and radiant heating systems in the residential and nonresidential construction industries. These systems are engineered 
to  meet  stringent  NSF  and ASTM  standards  helping  water  professionals  provide  safe  and  efficient  building  and  site  water 
management solutions.

8

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   8

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
Site works products are commonly installed within a building or on a site to manage storm water and wastewater.  Linear 
drainage  systems  are  used  to  capture  and  direct  storm  water  in  a  wide  variety  of  commercial,  institutional,  industrial,  and 
transportation infrastructure applications.  Our wastewater pre-treatment products include oil and grease interceptors and separators, 
acid neutralization systems, and remote monitoring systems and are marketed under the Zurn and Green Turtle brands.  Interceptors 
are used to separate and capture fats, oils, and greases from wastewater before it is discharged into the municipal wastewater 
collection system.  Our proprietary designs are primarily fabricated from fiberglass reinforced polyester, which we believe is 
gaining market share from traditional concrete products due to its reliability, service life, ease of service, and lowest cost  of 
ownership.  Applications include restaurants and institutional foodservice operations, office buildings, hotels, entertainment venues, 
schools, grocery and convenience stores, airports, vehicle service garages, and fleet operations and maintenance facilities; acid 
neutralization systems are primarily used in schools, hospitals, and laboratories.  

Water Conservation Products

Water conservation products are typically required in the latter stages of a construction or retrofit project, when interior 
spaces are being outfitted with fixtures, valves, and faucets.  Zurn's finish plumbing products include manual and sensor-operated 
flush  valves  marketed  under  the Aquaflush®, AquaSense®,  and AquaVantage®  names  and  heavy  duty  commercial  faucets 
marketed under the AquaSpec® name. Innovative water conserving fixtures are marketed under the EcoVantage® and Zurn One® 
names. These products are commonly used in office buildings, schools, hospitals, airports, sports facilities, convention centers, 
shopping malls, restaurants, and industrial production buildings. The Zurn One Systems® integrate valve and/or faucet products 
with fixtures into complete, easily customizable plumbing systems, and thus provide a valuable time and cost-saving means of 
delivering commercial and institutional bathroom fixtures. The EcoVantage fixture systems promote water-efficiency and low 
consumption of water that deliver savings for building owners in new construction and retrofit bathroom fixture installations.

Water and Wastewater Infrastructure Products

Our water and wastewater products are primarily sold under the VAG, GA, and Wilkins brand names and are used to 
control the flow of water and wastewater throughout the water cycle from raw water through collection, storage, distribution, and 
wastewater treatment. These products are highly specified, designed, and engineered; many include proprietary design features 
that provide differentiated component performance and enhanced system reliability. Products include automatic control valves, 
check valves, air valves, butterfly valves, hydrants, actuation systems, and other specialized products for municipal, industrial, 
and hydropower applications. Our comprehensive product range is primarily sold into the growing and less-cyclical water supply 
and treatment markets worldwide.

Acquisitions and Divestitures

Mergers and acquisitions are a critical part of the Rexnord growth strategy. Our strategy is to build around our global 
strategic platforms by acquiring leading industrial manufacturing companies in attractive markets, with businesses that we believe 
will benefit from RBS to increase customer satisfaction, revenue growth and operating margins.  In our last three fiscal years, we 
have completed several acquisitions within our Process & Motion Control and Water Management platforms focused on expanding 
our product portfolio and global presence in the end markets we serve; those acquisitions are further described below.  The respective 
purchase prices for these transactions are stated net of cash acquired and excludes transaction costs.  Pro forma financial information 
has not been presented for any of these acquisitions as the net effects were neither significant nor material to Rexnord’s results of 
operations or financial position.

Process & Motion Control

• 

• 

June  1,  2016  -  We  acquired  Cambridge,  which  has  operations  in  Cambridge,  Maryland  and  Matamoros,  Mexico.  
Cambridge is one of the world's largest suppliers of metal conveying and engineered woven metal solutions, primarily 
used in food processing end markets, as well as in architectural, packaging and filtration applications, for a cash purchase 
price of $213.4 million.

January 12, 2015 - We acquired Euroflex Transmissions (India) Private Limited ("Euroflex"), an India-based supplier of 
high performance disc couplings used in power generation, gas compression and industrial process machinery applications, 
for a cash purchase price of $76.0 million. 

•  October 30, 2014 - We acquired Tollok S.p.A. ("Tollok"), an Italy-based supplier of highly engineered shaft locking 
devices for the power generation and process industries, as well as general industrial applications, for a cash purchase 
price of $39.2 million.  

Water Management

•  April 15, 2014 - We acquired Green Turtle Technologies Ltd., Green Turtle Americas Ltd. and Filamat Composites Inc. 
(collectively, "Green Turtle"), a Canada-based manufacturer of branded fiberglass oil and grease separators and traps, 
for a total cash purchase price of $27.7 million.

9

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   9

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
In addition to making acquisitions, we from time to time review our operations to determine whether it would be in our 
interest to divest of certain non-core or non-strategic businesses.  Information regarding divestitures within our Process & Motion 
Control and Water Management platforms during the last three fiscal years are included below.

Process & Motion Control

•  During fiscal 2015, we ceased operations in our non-core Mill Products business, which conducted its operations in the 
United States and Australia.  Historical results associated with this business are presented as a discontinued operation in 
our consolidated financial statements. Refer to Item 8, Note 4 Discontinued Operations for additional information.

Water Management

•  During fiscal 2016, we decided to exit product lines sold under the Rodney Hunt Fontaine® tradename ("RHF"), which 
resulted in the recognition of various non-cash charges related to the impairment of property and equipment, impairment 
of  intangible  assets  and  other  exit-related  costs. As  of  the  end  of  fiscal  2017,  the  exit  of  the  RHF  product  line  was 
substantially complete.  Refer to Item 8, Note 5 Restructuring and Other Similar Charges for additional information.

Customers

Process & Motion Control Customers

Our Process & Motion Control components are either incorporated into products sold by OEMs or sold to end users for 
their  MRO  requirements  either  directly  in  certain  regions  or,  more  commonly,  through  industrial  distributors  as  aftermarket 
products. While approximately 48% of our Process & Motion Control net sales are through our distribution partners, OEMs and 
end users ultimately drive the demand for our Process & Motion Control products. With approximately 2,300 distributor locations 
worldwide, we have one of the most extensive distribution networks in the industry. The largest of our Process & Motion Control 
industrial distributors, which is also our largest customer, accounted for approximately 8.4%, 8.4%, and 8.9% of consolidated net 
sales during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Rather  than  serving  as  passive  conduits  for  delivery  of  product,  our  industrial  distributors  participate  in  the  overall 
competitive dynamic in the Process & Motion Control industry. Industrial distributors play a role in determining which of our 
Process & Motion Control products are stocked at their distributor centers and branch locations and, consequently, are most readily 
accessible to MRO buyers, and the price at which these products are sold.

We market our Process & Motion Control products both to OEMs and directly to end users to create preference of our 
products through end-user specification. We believe this customer preference is important in differentiating our Process & Motion 
Control products from our competitors' products, and preserves our ability to create channel partnerships where distributors will 
recommend Rexnord products to OEMs and end users. In some instances, we have established a relationship with the end user 
such that we, the end user, and the end user's preferred distributor enter into a trilateral agreement whereby the distributor will 
purchase our Process & Motion Control products and stock them for the end user. We believe our extensive product portfolio 
positions us to benefit from the trend towards rationalizing suppliers by industrial distributors.

Water Management Customers

Our water safety, quality, flow control, and conservation products are sold for new construction, remodeling, and retrofit 
applications to customers in our commercial construction, institutional, infrastructure, and residential construction end markets 
and are distributed through independent sales representatives, plumbing wholesalers, and industry-specific distributors in the 
foodservice, industrial, janitorial, and sanitation industries. Our independent sales representatives work with architects, engineers, 
building owners and operators, contractors, and builders, to specify our water safety, quality, flow control and conservation products 
for their use and with wholesalers to assess and meet the needs of building contractors in construction projects.  They also combine 
knowledge of our products’ installation methods and delivery availability with knowledge of the local markets to provide contractors 
with  value-added  service.  We  use  approximately  1,100  independent  sales  representatives,  along  with  a  network  of  regional 
distribution centers and third-party warehouses, to provide our customers with same-day service and quick response times.

Water and infrastructure end users primarily consist of municipalities. Our independent sales representatives, as well as 
approximately 240 direct sales and marketing associates, work with these end users, as well as their general contractors and 
engineering firms, to provide them with the engineered solutions that meet their needs. VAG, GA, and Wilkins benefit from strong 
brand recognition in the industry, which is further bolstered by a strong customer propensity to replace “like-for-like” products.

In  addition  to  our  domestic  Water  Management  manufacturing  facilities,  we  have  maintained  a  global  network  of 
independent sources that manufacture high quality, lower-cost component parts for our commercial, institutional, infrastructure, 
and residential products. These sources fabricate parts to our specifications using our proprietary designs, which enables us to 
focus on product engineering, assembly, testing, and quality control. By closely monitoring these sources and through extensive 
product testing, we are able to maintain product quality and be a cost-competitive producer of commercial and institutional products.

10

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   10

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Product Development

The majority of our new product development begins with our extensive “Voice of the Customer” operating philosophy. 
We have a team of approximately 340 engineers and technical employees who are organized by product line. Each of our product 
lines has technical staff responsible for product development and application support. The Rexnord Innovation Center provides 
additional support through enhanced capabilities and specialty expertise that can be utilized for product innovation and new product 
development. The  Rexnord  Innovation  Center  is  a  certified  lab  comprised  of  approximately  30  specialists  that  offers  testing 
capability and design support during the development process to all of our product lines. Our existing pipeline and continued 
investment in new product development are expected to drive revenue growth as we address key customer needs. 

In both of our Process & Motion Control and Water Management platforms, we have demonstrated a commitment to 
developing technologically advanced products within the industries we serve. In the Process & Motion Control platform, we had 
approximately 300 United States active patents and approximately 700 active foreign patents as of March 31, 2017. In addition, 
we thoroughly test our Process & Motion Control products to ensure their quality, understand their wear characteristics and improve 
their performance. These practices have enabled us, together with our customers, to develop reliable and functional Process & 
Motion  Control  solutions.  In  our  Water  Management  platform,  we  had  approximately  100  United  States  active  patents  and 
approximately 100 foreign active patents as of March 31, 2017. Product innovation is crucial in the commercial and institutional 
plumbing products markets because new products must continually be developed to meet specifications and regulatory demands.  
Zurn's plumbing products are known in the industry for such innovation. During fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 our total investment 
in research, development and engineering was $38.3 million, $37.2 million, and $38.8 million, respectively, or approximately 2%
of net sales.

Suppliers and Raw Materials

The  principal  materials  used  in  our  Process &  Motion  Control  and Water  Management  manufacturing  processes  are 
commodities  and  components  available  from  numerous  sources.  The  key  materials  used  in  our  Process &  Motion  Control 
manufacturing processes include: sheet, plate and bar steel, castings, forgings, high-performance engineered plastic and a variety 
of components. Within our Water Management platform, we purchase a broad range of materials and components throughout the 
world in connection with our manufacturing activities that include: bar steel, brass, castings, copper, zinc, forgings, plate steel, 
high-performance engineered plastic and resin. Our global sourcing strategy is to maintain alternate sources of supply for our 
important  materials  and  components  wherever  possible  within  both  our  Process &  Motion  Control  and  Water  Management 
platforms. Historically, we have been able to successfully source materials, and consequently are not dependent on a single source 
for any significant raw material or component. As a result, we believe there is a readily available supply of materials in sufficient 
quantity from a variety of sources to serve both our short-term and long-term requirements. Additionally, we have not experienced 
any significant shortage of our key materials and have not historically engaged in hedging transactions for commodity supplies. 
We generally purchase our materials on the open market. However, in certain situations we have found it advantageous to enter 
into contracts for certain commodity purchases. Although currently we are not a party to any unconditional purchase obligations, 
including  take-or-pay  contracts  or  through-put  contracts,  these  contracts  generally  have  had  one  to  five-year  terms  and  have 
contained competitive and benchmarking clauses to ensure competitive pricing. 

Backlog

Our  backlog  of  unshipped  orders  was  $434  million  and  $409  million  as  of  March 31,  2017  and  March 31,  2016, 
respectively. As of March 31, 2017, approximately 15% of our backlog was scheduled to ship beyond fiscal 2018. Also, see Item 1A 
Risk Factors of this report for more information on the risks associated with backlog.

Seasonality

We  do  not  experience  significant  seasonality  of  demand  for  our  Process &  Motion  Control  products,  although  sales 
generally are slightly higher during our fourth fiscal quarter as our customers spend against recently approved capital budgets and 
perform maintenance and repairs in advance of spring and summer activity. Our Process & Motion Control end markets also do 
not experience significant seasonality of demand.

Demand for our Water Management products is primarily driven by commercial construction activity, remodeling, and 
retrofit opportunities, and to a lesser extent, new home starts as well as water and wastewater infrastructure expansion for municipal, 
industrial, and hydropower applications. Accordingly, weather has an impact on the seasonality of certain end markets. With the 
exception of our remodeling and retrofit opportunities, weather is an important variable as it significantly impacts construction. 
Spring and summer months in the United States and Europe represent the main construction season for increased construction in 
the commercial, institutional, and infrastructure markets, as well as new housing starts. As a result, sales generally decrease slightly 
in the third and fourth fiscal quarters as compared to the first two quarters of the fiscal year. The autumn and winter months 
generally impede construction and installation activity.

11

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   11

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
Our business also depends upon general economic conditions and other market factors beyond our control, and we serve 
customers in cyclical industries. As a result, our operating results could be negatively affected during economic downturns. See 
Item 1A Risk Factors of this report for more information on the risks associated with general economic conditions.

Employees

As of March 31, 2017, we had approximately 8,000 employees, of whom approximately 4,000 were employed in the 
United States. Approximately 300 of our United States employees are represented by labor unions. We are currently party to four
collective bargaining agreements in the United States and expect one collective bargaining agreement to expire in the first half of 
fiscal 2018. The remaining three collective bargaining agreements have expiration dates that range from November 2017 through 
October 2019. Additionally, approximately 1,900 of our employees reside in Europe, where trade union membership is common. 
We believe we have a strong relationship with our employees, including those represented by labor unions. 

Environmental Matters

Our operations and facilities worldwide are subject to extensive laws and regulations related to pollution and the protection 
of the environment, health and safety, including those governing, among other things, emissions to air, discharges to water, the 
generation, handling, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous wastes and other materials, and the remediation of contaminated 
sites. A failure by us to comply with applicable requirements or the permits required for our operations could result in civil or 
criminal fines, penalties, enforcement actions, third-party claims for property damage and personal injury, requirements to clean 
up  property  or  to  pay  for  the  costs  of  cleanup  or  regulatory  or  judicial  orders  enjoining  or  curtailing  operations  or  requiring 
corrective measures, including the installation of pollution control equipment or remedial actions. 

Some environmental laws and regulations impose requirements to investigate and remediate contamination on present 
and former owners and operators of facilities and sites, and on a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) for sites to which such 
parties may have sent waste for disposal. Such liability can be imposed without regard to fault and, under certain circumstances, 
may be joint and several, resulting in one PRP being held responsible for the entire obligation. Liability may also include damages 
to natural resources. On occasion we are involved in such investigations and/or cleanup, and also have been or could be named 
as a PRP in environmental matters.

Additional Information

The address of our principal executive office is 247 Freshwater Way, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53204. Our phone number 
is (414) 643-3739. Our internet website address is www.rexnord.com. We make available free of charge, on or through our internet 
website, as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission 
(the “SEC”), our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and proxy statements 
on Schedule 14A, as well as amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange 
Act. Copies of any materials that we file with the SEC can also be obtained free of charge through the SEC's website at www.sec.gov.  
The SEC's Public Reference Room can be contacted at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, or by calling 1-800-732-0330.  
In addition, the (i) charters for the Audit, Nominating and Corporate Governance, and Compensation Committees of our Board 
of Directors; (ii) our Corporate Governance Guidelines; and (iii) our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics are also available on 
our website.  We will also post any amendments to these documents, or information about any waivers granted to directors or 
executive officers with respect to the Code of Ethics, on our website. Our website and the information contained on or connected 
to that site are not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.

12

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   12

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.

We have identified the following material risks to our business. The risks described below are not the only risks facing 
us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us, or those risks we currently view to be immaterial, may also 
materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, see Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7 for a further discussion of some of the factors that could 
affect future results.  If any of these risks materialize, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could 
be materially and adversely affected.

Strategic Risks

Strategic risk relates to the Company's business plans and strategies, including the risks associated with: competitive 
threats;  the  global  macro-environment  in  which  we  operate;  international  uncertainties;  restructuring  initiatives;  mergers  and 
acquisitions;  protection  of  intellectual  property;  and  other  risks,  including  customer  concentration,  reliance  on  independent 
distributors and retention of key personnel.

The markets in which we sell our products are highly competitive; an inability to effectively compete may adversely affect
our financial conditions and results of operations.

We operate in highly competitive markets in both of our platforms.  Some of our competitors have achieved substantially 
more market penetration in certain of the markets in which we operate.  Some of our competitors are larger and may have greater 
financial and other resources than we do, and our competitors may adopt more aggressive sales policies and devote greater resources 
to the development, promotion and sale of their products than we do, all of which could result in a loss of customers and in turn 
adversely affect our results of operations.

We operate in highly fragmented markets within the Process & Motion Control platform. As a result, we compete against 
numerous companies. Competition in our business lines is based on a number of considerations, including product performance, 
cost of transportation in the distribution of products, brand reputation, quality of client service and support, product availability 
and price. Additionally, some of our larger customers continue to attempt to reduce the number of vendors from which they purchase 
in order to increase their efficiency. If we are not selected to become one of these preferred providers, we may lose access to certain 
sections of the markets in which we compete. Our customers increasingly demand a competitively priced broad product range and 
we must continue to develop our expertise in order to manufacture and market these products successfully. To remain competitive, 
we will need to invest continuously in manufacturing, customer service and support, marketing and our distribution networks. We
cannot assure that we will have sufficient resources to continue to make these investments or that we will maintain our competitive 
position within each of the markets we serve.

Within the Water Management platform, we compete against both large international and national rivals, as well as many 
regional competitors.  Significant competition in any of the markets in which the Water Management platform operates could 
result  in  substantial  downward  pressure  on  product  pricing  and  our  profit  margins,  thereby  adversely  affecting  the  Water 
Management financial results. Furthermore, we cannot provide assurance that we will be able to maintain or increase the current 
market share of our products successfully in the future.

We may be unable to realize intended benefits from our ongoing supply chain optimization and footprint repositioning initiatives, 
restructuring and divestiture efforts, and as a result our profitability may be hurt or our business otherwise might be adversely 
affected.

In order to operate more efficiently and control costs, we undertake from time to time restructuring plans, which can 
include global facility consolidations, product rationalizations, workforce reductions and other cost reduction initiatives. We also 
choose to divest operations which we no longer believe are additive or complementary to our platforms or strategic direction. 
These plans are intended to reduce operating costs, to modify our footprint to reflect changes in the markets we serve, to reflect 
changes in business focus and/or to address overall manufacturing overcapacity, including as a result of acquisitions. We may 
undertake further restructuring actions, workforce reductions or divestitures in the future. These types of activities are complex. 
If we do not successfully manage our current restructuring activities, or any other restructuring activities or divestitures that we 
may undertake in the future, expected efficiencies, benefits and cost savings might be delayed or not realized, and our operations 
and business could  be disrupted. 

In addition, as a result of such actions, we expect to incur restructuring expenses and other charges, which may be material, 
and may exceed our estimates. Several factors could cause restructuring or divestiture activities to adversely affect our business, 
financial condition and results of operations. These include potential disruption of our operations and other aspects of our business. 
Employee morale and productivity could also suffer or result in unintended employee attrition. These activities require substantial 
management time and attention and may divert management from other important work or result in a failure to meet operational 
targets. Divestures may also give rise to obligations to buyers or other parties that could have a financial effect after the transaction 
is completed. Moreover, we could encounter changes to, or delays in executing, any restructuring or divestiture plans, any of which 

13

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   13

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
could cause further disruption and additional unanticipated expense.

General economic and financial market weakness, as well as overall challenging market cycles, may adversely affect our 
financial condition or results of operations.

Our business operations have been adversely affected from time to time by volatility and weaknesses in the global economy 
and financial markets. A weakening of current conditions or a future downturn may adversely affect our future results of operations 
and financial condition. Weak, challenging or volatile economic conditions in the end markets, businesses or geographic areas in 
which we sell our products could reduce demand for products and result in a decrease in sales volume for a prolonged period of 
time, which would have a negative impact on our future results of operations.

Our financial performance depends, in large part, on conditions in the markets that we serve in the U.S. and the global 
economy generally. Some of the industries we serve are highly cyclical, such as the aerospace, energy and industrial equipment 
industries. We have undertaken cost reduction programs as well as diversified our markets to mitigate the effects of economic 
downturns; however, such programs may be unsuccessful. Any sustained weakness in demand or downturn or uncertainty in the 
economy generally would materially reduce our net sales and profitability.

For example, sales to the construction industry are driven by trends in commercial and residential construction, housing 
starts and trends in residential repair and remodeling. Consumer confidence, weather conditions, mortgage rates, credit standards 
and availability of consumer credit and income levels play a significant role in driving demand in commercial and residential 
construction, repair and remodeling sector. A drop or weakness in consumer confidence, prolonged adverse weather conditions, 
lack  of  availability  or  increased  cost  of  credit,  credit  standards  or  unemployment  could  delay  a  recovery  of  commercial  and 
residential construction levels and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial  condition, results of operations or cash 
flows. This may express itself in substantial downward pressure on product pricing and our profit margins, thereby adversely 
affecting our financial results.

Additionally, some of our products are used in the energy, mining and cement and aggregates markets.  Reductions and 
volatility in the prices of petroleum-related products and certain other mined raw materials costs have adversely affected the energy 
and mining industries, reducing their capital investments and the demand for certain of our products. Some customers may defer 
or cancel anticipated expenditures, projects or expansions until such time as these projects will be profitable based on the underlying 
cost of commodities compared to the cost of the project.  Weakness in those markets may also affect pricing of our products that 
are sold for use in those markets.

Volatility and disruption of financial markets could limit the ability of our customers to obtain adequate financing to 
maintain operations and may cause them to terminate existing purchase orders, reduce the volume of products they purchase from 
us in the future or impact their ability to pay their receivables. Adverse economic and financial market conditions may also cause 
our suppliers to be unable to meet their commitments to us or may cause suppliers to make changes in the credit terms they extend 
to us, such as shortening the required payment period for outstanding accounts receivable or reducing or eliminating the amount 
of trade credit available to us.

Our international operations are subject to uncertainties, which  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition,  
results  of  operations  or  cash flows.

Our business is subject to certain risks associated with doing business internationally.  A significant portion of our sales 
are international; approximately 31% of our total net sales in fiscal 2017 originated outside of the U.S. Additionally, we have 
significant manufacturing operations outside of the U.S. Accordingly, our future results could be harmed by a variety of factors 
relating to global operations, including:

• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 

fluctuations in currency exchange rates, particularly fluctuations in the Euro against the U.S. dollar;
foreign exchange controls;
tariff increases or other trade protection measures;
compliance  with  export  controls,  import  and  export  licensing  requirements,  and  other  trade  compliance 
regulations;
changes in tax laws;
interest rates;
differences in business practices in various countries;
changes and differences in regulatory requirements in countries in which we operate or make sales;
differing labor regulations, practices and standards;
requirements relating to withholding taxes on remittances and other payments by subsidiaries;
restrictions on our ability to own or operate subsidiaries, make investments, move operations or acquire new 
businesses in these jurisdictions;
political or economic instability relating to the "Brexit" process in the United Kingdom;
restrictions under U.S. tax laws and other laws on our ability to repatriate dividends from our foreign subsidiaries; 

14

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   14

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

and
exposure  to  liabilities  under  anti-corruption  laws  in  various  countries,  including  the  U.S.  Foreign  Corrupt 
Practices Act of 1977 ("FCPA").

As we continue to expand our business globally, our success will depend, in large part, on our ability to anticipate and 
effectively manage these and other risks associated with our international operations. However, any of these factors could have a 
material adverse effect on our international operations and, consequently, our business, financial condition, results of operations 
or cash flows.

The loss or financial instability of any significant customer or customers accounting for our backlog could adversely affect 
our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

A substantial part of our business is concentrated with a few customers, and we have certain customers that are significant 
to our business. During fiscal 2017, our top 20 customers accounted for approximately 35.6% of our consolidated net sales, and 
our largest customer accounted for 8.4% of our consolidated net sales. The loss of one or more of these customers or other major 
customers, or a deterioration in our relationship with any of them could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Our contracted backlog is comprised of future orders for our products from a broad number of customers. Defaults by 
any of the customers that have placed significant orders with us could have a significant adverse effect on our net sales, profitability 
and cash flow. Our customers may in the future default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, operational 
failure or other reasons deriving from the general economic environment or circumstances affecting those customers in particular. 
If a customer defaults on its obligations to us, it could have a material adverse effect on our backlog, business, financial condition, 
results of operations or cash flows. As of March 31, 2017, approximately 15% of our backlog was scheduled to ship beyond fiscal 
2018.

We rely on independent distributors. Termination of one or more of our relationships with any of our key independent distributors 
or an increase in the distributors’ sales of our competitors’ products could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In addition to our own direct sales force, we depend on the services of independent distributors to sell our Process & 
Motion  Control  products  and  provide  service  and  aftermarket  support  to  our  OEMs  and  end  users. We  rely  on  an  extensive 
distribution network, with nearly 2,300 distributor locations nationwide; however, for fiscal 2017, approximately 23% of our 
Process & Motion Control net sales were generated through sales to three of our key independent distributors, the largest of which 
accounted for 14% of Process & Motion Control net sales. Within Water Management, we depend on 1,100 independent sales 
representatives and approximately 60 third-party warehouses to distribute our products; however, for fiscal 2017, our three key 
independent distributors generated approximately 29% of our Water Management net sales with the largest accounting for 17%
of Water Management net sales.

The loss of one of our key distributors or of a substantial number of our other distributors or an increase in the distributors' 
sales of our competitors' products to  our customers could have a material  adverse effect  on our business, financial condition, 
results of operations or cash  flows.

An inability to identify, or effectively integrate, acquisitions could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of 
operations or cash flows.

Acquisitions are part of our growth strategy.  In fiscal 2017, we acquired Cambridge. We cannot ensure that suitable 
acquisition candidates will be identified and acquired in the future, that the financing of any such acquisition will be available on 
satisfactory terms, that we will be able to complete any such acquisition, that we will be able to successfully integrate any acquired 
business or operations, or that we will be able to accomplish our strategic objectives as a result of any such acquisition. Nor can 
we ensure that our acquisition strategies will be successfully received by customers or achieve their intended benefits.

Acquisitions are often undertaken to improve the operating results of either or both of the acquirer and the acquired 
company and we cannot ensure that we will be successful in this regard. We cannot provide any assurance that we will be able to 
fully realize the intended benefits from our acquisitions. We have encountered, and may encounter, various risks in acquiring other 
companies  including  the  possible  inability  to  integrate  an  acquired  business  into  our  operations,  potential  failure  to  realize 
anticipated benefits, diversion of management's attention, issues in customer transitions, potential inadequacies of indemnities 
and other contractual remedies and unanticipated  problems,  risks  or liabilities, including  environmental, some  or all  of which 
could have a material  adverse effect  on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

15

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   15

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  inability  to  adequately  protect  intellectual  property,  or  defend  against  infringement  claims  brought  against  us,  could 
adversely affect our business.

We attempt to protect our intellectual property through a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret 
protection, as well as third-party nondisclosure and assignment agreements. We cannot assure that any of our applications for 
protection of our intellectual property rights will be approved and maintained or that our competitors will not infringe or successfully 
challenge  our  intellectual  property  rights. We  also  rely  on  unpatented  proprietary  technology.    It  is  possible  that  others  will
independently develop the same or similar technology or otherwise obtain access to our unpatented technology. To protect our 
trade  secrets  and  other  proprietary  information,  we  require  employees,  consultants  and  advisors  to  enter  into  confidentiality 
agreements. We cannot assure that these agreements will provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other 
proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure. If we are unable to maintain the 
proprietary nature of our technologies, our ability to sustain margins on some or all of our products may be affected, which could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, in the ordinary 
course of our operations, from time to time we pursue and are pursued in potential litigation relating to the protection of certain 
intellectual property rights, including some of our more profitable products. An adverse ruling in any such litigation could have 
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Terrorism, conflicts and wars may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As a global company with a large international footprint, we are subject to increased risk of damage or disruption to us, 
our employees, facilities, partners, suppliers, distributors, resellers or customers due to acts of terrorism, political conflicts and 
wars, in multiple locations around the world. The potential for future attacks, the national and international responses to attacks 
or perceived threats to national security, and other actual or potential actions, conflicts or wars have created, and will continue to 
create, economic and political uncertainties. In addition, as a global company with headquarters and significant operations located 
in the U.S., actions against or by the U.S. may particularly impact our business or employees. Although it is impossible to predict 
the occurrences or consequences of any such events, they could result in disruptions to our operations, decreases in demand for 
our products, difficulty or impossibility in delivering products to our customers or receiving components from our suppliers, delays 
and inefficiencies in our supply chain and risks to our employees, resulting in, among other things, temporarily closed facilities, 
travel restrictions or longer-term disruptions, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of 
operations and cash flows.

Operational Risks

Operational risk relates to risks arising from innovation, systems, processes, and external or internal events that affect 
the operation of our businesses. It includes product life cycle and execution; information management and data protection and 
security, including cyber security; supply chain and business disruption; and other risks, including human resources and employee 
relations.

If  we  are  unable  to  effectively  manage  risks  associated  with  changing  technology,  product  innovation  and  new  product 
development,  manufacturing  techniques,  distribution  channels  and  business  continuity,  we  may  be  at  a  competitive 
disadvantage.

The successful implementation of our business strategy requires us to continuously evolve our existing products and 
introduce new products to meet customers' needs in the industries we serve. Our products are characterized by stringent performance 
and specification requirements that mandate a high degree of manufacturing and engineering expertise. If we fail to meet these 
requirements, our business could be at risk. We believe that our customers rigorously evaluate their suppliers on the basis of a 
number  of factors, including product quality, price  competitiveness, technical  and manufacturing expertise,  development and 
product design capability, new product innovation, reliability and timeliness of delivery, operational flexibility, customer service 
and overall management. Our success will depend on our ability to continue to meet our customers' changing specifications with 
respect to these criteria. We cannot ensure that we will be able to address technological advances or introduce new products that 
may be necessary to remain competitive within our businesses. We cannot ensure that we can adequately protect any of our own 
technological developments to produce a sustainable competitive advantage. Furthermore, we may be subject to business continuity 
risk in the event of an unexpected loss of a material facility or operation. We cannot ensure that we can adequately protect against 
such a loss.

Increases in the cost or availability of raw materials could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations 
or cash flows.

Our manufacturing processes depend on third parties for raw materials, in particular bar steel, brass, castings, copper, 
forgings, high-performance engineered plastic, plate steel, resin, sheet steel and zinc, as well as petroleum and other carbon-based 
fuel products. While we strive to maintain alternative sources for most raw materials, our business is subject to the risk of price 
fluctuations, inefficiencies in the event of a need to change our suppliers, and delays in the delivery of and potential unavailability 

16

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   16

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
of our raw materials. Any such price fluctuations or delays, if material, could harm our profitability or operations. In addition, the 
loss of a substantial number of suppliers could result in material cost increases or reduce our production capacity.

We do not typically enter into hedge transactions to reduce our exposure to purchase price risks and cannot ensure that 
we would be successful in recouping these increases if these risks were to materialize. In addition, if we are unable to continue to 
purchase our required quantities of raw materials on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or if we are unable to maintain or 
enter into our purchasing contracts for our larger commodities, our business operations could be disrupted and our profitability 
could be impacted in a material adverse manner.

The  ongoing  updates  to  our  Enterprise  Resource  Planning  (“ERP”)  systems,  as  well  as  failures  of  our  data  security  and 
information technology infrastructure and cyber security, could cause substantial business interruptions and/or adversely affect 
our business.

Utilizing a phased approach, we continue to update our ERP systems across both our Process & Motion Control and 
Water Management platforms. If these updates are unsuccessful, we could incur substantial business interruptions, including the 
inability to perform routine business transactions, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance. Further, 
these updates may not result in the benefits we intend or be implemented on a timely basis.

In addition, we depend heavily on information technology infrastructure to manage our business objectives and operations, 
support our customers’ requirements and protect sensitive information. There have been significant and increasing instances of 
data  and  security  breaches,  malicious  interference  with  technology  systems  and  industrial  espionage  involving  companies  in 
numerous  industries. While  we  have  taken  steps  to  maintain  and  enhance  adequate  data  security  and  address  these  risks  and 
uncertainties by implementing additional security technologies, internal controls, network and data center resiliency, redundancy 
and recovery processes and by securing insurance, these measures may be inadequate.  As a result, any inability by us to successfully 
manage our information systems, or respond effectively to any attack on or interference with our systems, including matters related 
to system and data security, privacy, reliability, compliance, performance and access, problems related to our systems caused by 
natural disasters, security breaches or malicious attacks, and any inability of these systems to fulfill their intended business purpose, 
could impede our ability to record or process orders, manufacture and ship in a timely manner, account for and collect receivables, 
protect sensitive data of the Company, our customers, our employees, our suppliers and other business partners, comply with our 
third party obligations of confidentiality and care, or otherwise carry on business in the normal course. Any such events could 
require significant costly remediation beyond levels covered by insurance and could cause us to lose customers and/or revenue, 
require us to incur significant expense to remediate, including as a result of legal or regulatory claims or proceedings, or damage 
our reputation, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash 
flows.

Our inability to attract and retain key personnel may adversely affect our business.

Our  success  depends  on  our  ability  to  recruit,  retain  and  develop  highly-skilled  management  and  key  personnel. 
Competition for these persons in our industry is intense and we may not be able to successfully recruit, train or retain qualified 
personnel, or to effectively implement successions to existing personnel. If we fail to retain and recruit the necessary personnel 
or arrange for successors to key personnel, our business could materially suffer.

Weather could adversely affect the demand for products in our Water Management platform and decrease our net sales.

Demand for our Water Management products is primarily driven by commercial construction activity, remodeling and 
retrofit opportunities, and to a lesser extent, new home starts as well as water and wastewater infrastructure expansion for municipal, 
industrial and hydropower applications. Weather is an important variable affecting financial performance as it significantly impacts 
construction activity. Adverse weather conditions, such as prolonged periods of cold or rain, blizzards, hurricanes and other severe 
weather patterns, could delay or halt construction and remodeling activity, which could have a negative effect on our business. 
For example, an unusually severe winter can lead to reduced construction activity and magnify the seasonal decline in our Water 
Management net sales and earnings during the winter months. In addition, a prolonged winter season can delay construction and 
remodeling plans and hamper the typical seasonal increase in net sales and earnings during the spring months.

Disruptions caused by labor disputes or organized labor activities could adversely affect our business or financial results.

As of March 31, 2017, we had approximately 8,000 employees.  Approximately 300 of our United States employees are 
represented by labor unions and approximately 1,900 of our employees reside in Europe, where trade union membership is common.  
Although we believe that our relations with our employees are strong, if our unionized workers were to engage in a strike, work 
stoppage or other slowdown in the future, we could experience a significant disruption of our operations, which could interfere 
with our ability to deliver products on a timely basis and could have other negative effects, such as decreased productivity and 
increased labor costs. In addition, if a greater percentage of our workforce becomes unionized as a result of legal or regulatory 
changes which may make union organizing easier, or otherwise, our costs could increase and our efficiency be affected in a material 
adverse manner, negatively impacting our business and financial results. Further, many of our direct and indirect customers and 
17

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   17

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
their suppliers, and organizations responsible for shipping our products, have unionized workforces and their businesses may be 
impacted by strikes, work stoppages or slowdowns, any of which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Financial Risks

Financial risk relates to our ability to meet our financial obligations.  It includes our highly leveraged capital structure, 

compliance with debt covenants, access to liquidity and restrictive credit agreements.

Our debt levels could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to  fund  our operations, limit  our ability to  react  
to  changes in the  economy  or our industry, inhibit us from making beneficial acquisitions and  prevent  us from making  debt
service  payments.

Although we reduced our long-term debt in fiscal 2017, we are still a highly leveraged company. Our ability to generate 
sufficient cash flow from operations to make scheduled payments on our debt will depend on a range of economic, competitive 
and business factors, many of which are outside our control. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations 
to meet our debt service and other obligations, and currently anticipated cost savings and operating improvements may not be 
realized on schedule, or at all. If we are unable to meet our expenses and debt service and other obligations, we may need to 
refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity, sell assets or raise equity.  We may not be able to refinance 
any of our indebtedness, sell assets or raise equity on commercially reasonable terms or at all, which could cause us to default on 
our obligations and impair our liquidity. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations or to refinance 
our obligations on commercially reasonable terms would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results 
of operations and cash flows.

Our substantial indebtedness could also have other important consequences with respect to our ability to manage and 

grow our business successfully, including the following:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 
• 

• 

it may limit our ability to borrow money for our working capital, capital expenditures, strategic initiatives, 
acquisitions or other purposes;
it may make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, and any failure 
to comply with the obligations of any of our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants and borrowing 
conditions, could result in an event of default under our credit agreement and our other indebtedness;
a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations will be dedicated to the repayment of our indebtedness 
and so will not be available for other purposes;
it may limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our operations or business, or in taking 
advantage of strategic opportunities;
we are and will continue to be more highly leveraged than some of our competitors, which may place us at a 
competitive disadvantage;
it may make us more vulnerable to downturns in our business or the economy;
it may restrict us from making strategic acquisitions or divestitures, introducing new technologies or exploiting 
business opportunities; and
along with the financial and other restrictive covenants in the documents governing our indebtedness, among 
other things, may limit our ability to borrow additional funds, make acquisitions or capital expenditures, acquire 
or dispose of assets or take certain of the actions mentioned above, any of which could restrict our operations 
and business plans.

Furthermore,  a  substantial  portion  of  our  indebtedness,  including  the  senior  secured  credit  facilities  and  borrowings 
outstanding under our accounts receivable securitization facility, bears interest at rates that fluctuate with changes in certain short-
term prevailing interest rates.  In addition, our hedging arrangements may not protect us to the extent we expect.  See Item 7A, 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk for additional information. 

Also, in spite of the limitations in our credit agreement, we may still incur significantly more debt, which could intensify 
the risks described above on our business, results and financial condition. For more information about our indebtedness, see Item 
8, Note 11 Long-Term Debt.

Our credit agreement imposes significant operating and financial restrictions, which could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Our credit agreement contains various covenants that limit or prohibit our ability, among other things, to:

• 
• 

• 

incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;
pay dividends on our capital stock or redeem, repurchase, retire or make distributions in respect of our capital 
stock or subordinated indebtedness or make other restricted payments;
make certain loans, acquisitions, capital expenditures or investments;

18

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   18

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

sell certain assets, including stock of our subsidiaries;
enter into sale and leaseback transactions;
create or incur liens;
consolidate, merge, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and
enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.

Our credit agreement contains covenants that restrict our ability to take certain actions, such as incurring additional debt, 
if we are unable to meet defined specified financial ratios, which could result in limiting our long-term growth prospects by 
hindering our ability to incur future indebtedness or grow through acquisitions. Failure to comply with certain covenants of the 
credit agreement could result in a default under our debt agreements. For more  information,  see  Item  7  Management’s  Discussion  
and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and  Results of Operations-Liquidity  and  Capital Resources.

The restrictions contained in the credit agreement could:

• 

• 
• 

• 

limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions or meet capital needs or otherwise restrict our activities 
or business plans;
restrict our ability to repurchase shares of our common stock;
adversely affect our ability to finance our operations, to enter into strategic acquisitions, to fund investments or 
other capital needs or to engage in other business activities that would be in our interest; and
limit our access to the cash generated by our subsidiaries.

Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the credit agreement, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts 
outstanding under the senior secured credit facilities to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend 
further credit. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities could proceed against 
the collateral granted to them to secure the senior secured credit facilities on a first- priority lien basis. If the lenders under the 
senior secured credit facilities accelerate the repayment of borrowings, such acceleration could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. For a more detailed description of the limitations on our 
ability to incur additional indebtedness, see Item 7 "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results 
of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources".

Our  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  are  valued  at  an  amount  that  is  high  relative  to  our  total  assets  and  in  excess  of  our 
stockholders equity.

As of March 31, 2017, our goodwill and intangible assets totaled $1,318.2 million and $558.6 million, respectively, and 
represent a substantial portion of our assets.  These assets result from our acquisitions, representing the excess of cost over the 
fair value of the tangible net assets we have acquired. We assess at least annually whether there has been impairment in the value 
of our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. Significant  negative  industry  or  economic  trends,  disruptions  to  our 
business, inability to effectively integrate acquired businesses, unexpected significant changes or planned changes to the use of 
our assets, changes in the structure of our business, divestitures, market capitalization declines, or increases in associated discount 
rates may  impair our goodwill  and  other intangible assets. Any determination requiring the impairment of goodwill or intangible 
assets would negatively affect our results of operations, particularly in the period in which we take any related charges, and financial 
condition.

Our required cash contributions to our pension plans may increase further and we could experience a material change in the 
funded status of our defined benefit pension plans and the amount recorded in our consolidated balance sheets related to those 
plans. Additionally, our pension costs could increase in future years.

The funded status of the defined benefit pension plans depends on such factors as asset returns, market interest rates, 
legislative changes and funding regulations. If the returns on the assets of any of our plans were to decline in future periods, if 
market interest rates were to decline, if the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”) were to require additional contributions 
to  any  such  plans  as  a  result  of  acquisitions  or  if  other  actuarial  assumptions  were  to  be  modified,  our  future  required  cash 
contributions and pension costs to such plans could increase. Any such increases could have a material and adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

The need to make contributions, which may be substantial, to such plans may reduce the cash available to meet our other 
obligations, including our obligations under our credit agreement or to meet the needs of our business. In addition, the PBGC may 
terminate our U.S. defined benefit pension plans under limited circumstances, including in the event the PBGC concludes that the 
risk may increase unreasonably if such plans continue. In the event a U.S. defined benefit pension plan is terminated for any reason 
while it is underfunded, we could be required to make an immediate payment to the PBGC of all or a substantial portion of such 
plan's underfunding, as calculated by the PBGC based on its own assumptions (which might result in a larger obligation than that 
based on the assumptions we have used to fund such plan), and the PBGC could place a lien on material amounts of our assets.

19

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   19

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
Our ability to pay dividends on our mandatory convertible preferred stock may be limited.

Payment of dividends on our mandatory convertible preferred stock in the future will be determined by our board of 
directors in its sole discretion and will depend on business conditions, our financial condition, earnings and liquidity, and other 
factors.  Our failure to pay such dividends could harm our reputation and our ability to obtain future financing or capital.

We are a holding company and depend upon distributions of cash from our subsidiaries to fund our cash needs, including 
dividends on the mandatory convertible preferred stock. Our credit agreement contains limitations on the ability of our subsidiaries 
to pay dividends or make distributions to us.  In the event that our credit agreement restricts our ability to obtain cash from our 
subsidiaries needed to pay dividends in cash on our mandatory convertible preferred stock, we may be unable to pay dividends in
cash on the mandatory convertible preferred stock.

In addition, under Delaware law, our board of directors may declare dividends on our capital stock only to the extent of 
our statutory “surplus,” or, if there is no such surplus, out of our net profits for the then current and/or immediately preceding 
fiscal year. Further, even if we are permitted under our contractual obligations and Delaware law to pay cash dividends on the 
mandatory convertible preferred stock, we may not have sufficient cash to pay dividends in cash on the mandatory convertible 
preferred stock.

If, upon mandatory conversion or an early conversion at the option of a holder, we have not declared and paid all or any 
portion of the accumulated and unpaid dividends payable on the mandatory convertible preferred stock for specified periods, the 
applicable conversion rate will be adjusted so that converting holders receive an additional number of shares of common stock 
having a market value generally equal to the amount of such accumulated and unpaid dividends, subject to limitations. This issuance 
of additional common stock to satisfy the accumulated and unpaid dividends payable on the mandatory convertible preferred stock, 
or generally upon its conversion, could negatively impact our share price.

Legal and Compliance Risks

Legal and compliance risk relates to risks arising from conformity with external policies and procedures, government 
and regulatory compliance, and ongoing environment and legal proceedings.  These include customer driven policies, government 
and regulatory requirements and environmental health and safety litigation. These types of risks may impose additional cost on 
us or cause us to have to change our business models or practices.

Our failure to comply with government regulations and requirements, third-party certification requirements and customer-
driven policies and standards, including those related to social responsibility, could adversely affect our reputation, business 
and results of operations.

In addition to complying with laws and applicable government regulations and requirements, prevailing industry standards, 
competitive pressures  and/or our customers may require us to comply with further quality, social responsibility, or other business 
policies  or  standards,  before  customers  and  prospective  customers  commence,  or  continue,  doing  business  with  us.  These 
expectations, policies and standards may be more restrictive than current laws and regulations as well as our own pre-existing 
policies;  they  may  be  customer-driven,  established  by  the  industry  sectors  in  which  we  operate  or  imposed  by  third-party 
organizations.

Our compliance with these policies, standards and third  party  certification  requirements could  be costly  and  could  
in  some  cases require  us to  change the way in which we operate. In  addition, if we  fail  to  comply, or if our compliance 
increases our costs and/or restricts our ability to do business as compared to our competitors that do not adhere to such standards, 
we  could  experience an  adverse  effect  on  our customer relationships, reputation, operations, cost structure and/or profitability.

We are subject to changes in legislative, regulatory and legal developments involving taxes.

We are subject to U.S. federal and state, and other countries' and jurisdictions', income, payroll, property, sales and use, 
fuel, and other types of taxes. Changes in tax rates, enactment of new tax laws, revisions of tax regulations, and claims or litigation 
with taxing authorities may require significant judgment in determining the appropriate provision and related accruals for these 
taxes; and as a result, such changes could result in substantially higher taxes and, therefore, could have a significant adverse effect 
on our results or operations, financial conditions and liquidity. In this regard, the U.S., the European Union and member states 
along with numerous other countries are currently engaged in establishing fundamental changes to tax laws affecting the taxation 
of multinational corporations.  Currently, a significant amount of our revenue is generated from customers located outside of the 
United States, and an increasingly greater portion of our assets and employees are located outside of the U.S. United States income 
tax and foreign withholding taxes have not been provided on undistributed earnings for certain non-U.S. subsidiaries, because 
such earnings are intended to be indefinitely reinvested in the operations of those subsidiaries. However, current U.S. tax laws 
may provide significant impediments to and tax expense upon repatriating funds, if we would determine to do so in the future. 
Future legislation may substantially reduce (or have the effect of substantially reducing) our ability to defer U.S. taxes on profit 
permanently reinvested outside the United States. Additionally, any such developments in the U.S. or in other countries could have 
a negative impact on our ability to compete in the global marketplace.

20

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   20

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  may  incur  significant  costs  for  environmental  compliance  and/or  to  address  liabilities  under  environmental  laws  and 
regulations.

Our operations and facilities worldwide are subject to extensive laws and regulations related to pollution and the protection 
of the environment, health and safety, including those governing, among other things, emissions to air, discharges to water, the 
generation, handling, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous wastes and other materials, and the remediation of contaminated 
sites. A failure by us to comply with applicable requirements or the permits required for our operations could result in civil or 
criminal fines, penalties, enforcement actions, third-party claims for property damage and personal injury, requirements to clean 
up property or to pay for the costs of cleanup or regulatory or judicial orders enjoining or curtailing operations or requiring corrective 
measures, including the installation of pollution control equipment or remedial actions.

Some environmental laws and regulations impose requirements to investigate and remediate contamination on present 
and former owners and operators of facilities and sites, and on potentially responsible parties (“PRPs”) for sites to which such 
parties may have sent waste for disposal. Such liability can be imposed without regard to fault and, under certain circumstances, 
may be joint and several, resulting in one PRP being held responsible for the entire obligation. Liability may also include damages 
to natural resources. On occasion we are involved in such investigations and/or cleanup, and also have been or could be named 
as a PRP in environmental matters.

The discovery of additional contamination, including at acquired facilities, the imposition of more stringent environmental, 
health and safety laws and regulations, including cleanup requirements, disputes with our insurers or the insolvency of other 
responsible parties could require us to incur significant capital expenditures or operating costs materially in excess of our accruals. 
Future investigations we undertake may lead to discoveries of contamination that must be remediated, and decisions to close 
facilities may trigger remediation requirements that are not currently applicable. We may also face liability for alleged personal 
injury or property damage due to exposure to hazardous substances used or disposed of by us, contained within our current or 
former  products,  or  present  in  the  soil  or  groundwater  at  our  current  or  former  facilities. We  could  incur  significant  costs  in 
connection with such liabilities. See Item 8, Note 18 Commitments and Contingencies for additional information.

Certain subsidiaries are subject to litigation, including numerous asbestos and product liability claims, which could adversely 
affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Certain subsidiaries are co-defendants in various lawsuits in a number of U.S. jurisdictions alleging personal injury as a 
result of exposure to asbestos that was used in certain components of our products. The uncertainties of litigation and the uncertainties 
related to insurance and indemnification coverage make it difficult to accurately predict the ultimate financial effect of these claims. 
If our insurance or indemnification coverage is not adequate to cover our potential financial exposure, or the actual number or 
value of asbestos-related claims differs materially from our existing estimates, we could incur material costs that could have a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In addition, we may be subject to product liability claims if the use of our products, or the exposure to our products or 
their raw materials, is alleged to have resulted in injury or other adverse effects. We currently maintain product liability insurance 
coverage but we cannot assure that we will be able to obtain such insurance on commercially reasonable terms in the future, if at 
all, or that any such insurance will provide adequate coverage against claims. Product liability claims can be expensive to defend 
and can divert the attention of management and other personnel for long periods of time, regardless of the ultimate outcome. In 
addition, our business depends on the strong brand reputation we have developed; if this reputation is damaged as a result of a 
product liability claim, it may be difficult to maintain our pricing positions and market share with respect to our products.  An 
unsuccessful product liability defense could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations 
or cash flows.

See Item 8, Note 18 Commitments and Contingencies for additional details.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

None.

21

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   21

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

Within Process & Motion Control, as of March 31, 2017, we had 45 principal manufacturing, warehouse and repair 

facilities as set forth below:

Location (1)

Total Square Feet

Number of
Facilities

Owned

Leased

North America

Europe

Asia

South America

Africa

Australia

_______________________ 

25

9

6

2

1

2

2,765,000

442,000

292,000

77,000

80,000

—

876,000

168,000

39,000

15,000

—

63,000

(1) 

Excludes 361,000 square feet related to five facilities that have closed or are closing as a result of our ongoing supply chain optimization 
and footprint repositioning initiatives.

Within Water Management, as of March 31, 2017, we had 24 principal manufacturing and warehouse facilities as set 

forth below: 

North America

Europe

Asia

Africa

Australia

Location (2)

Total Square Feet

Number of
Facilities

Owned

Leased

18

2

2

1

1

917,000

506,000

79,000

—

—

746,000

356,000

265,000

22,000

29,000

_______________________ 

(2) 

Excludes 460,000 square feet related to two facilities that are closing as a result of our ongoing supply chain optimization and footprint 
repositioning initiatives.

We believe our Process & Motion Control and Water Management properties are suitable for their respective operations 

and provide sufficient capacity for our current and future anticipated needs.

22

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   22

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

Information with respect to our legal proceedings is contained in Item 8, Note 18 Commitments and Contingencies.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

Not applicable.

* 

* 

*

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The following table sets forth information concerning our executive officers as of the date of this report: 

Name 

Age

Position(s)

In Current
Position(s) since

Todd A. Adams
Mark W. Peterson

Sudhanshu Chhabra

Rodney Jackson

George J. Powers

Matthew J. Stillings

Craig G. Wehr

Patricia M. Whaley

Kevin J. Zaba

46

45
51

47

50

46

52

58

50

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
President - Consumer Goods - PMC and Regional Executive India and
Middle East

Senior Vice President-Business and Corporate Development

Chief Human Resources Officer

Group Executive, President - Water Management Platform

Group Executive, President - Zurn

Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Group Executive, President - Process & Motion Control Platform

2009

2011
2016

2014

2015

2016

2013

2002

2016

Information about the business experience of our executive officers during at least the past five fiscal years is as follows:

Todd A. Adams became our President and Chief Executive Officer in 2009. Mr. Adams joined us in 2004 as Vice President, 
Treasurer and Controller; he has also served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 2008 to 2009 and as 
President of the Water Management platform in 2009. 

Mark W. Peterson became our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in 2011. Mr. Peterson previously served 
as Vice President and Controller of Rexnord from 2008 to 2011 and as a Rexnord Divisional CFO from 2006 to 2008.  Mr. Peterson 
is a certified public accountant.

Sudhanshu Chhabra became President – Consumer Goods - Process & Motion Control Platform in July 2016. Mr. 
Chhabra joined Rexnord in 2014 as President & Regional Executive for India and the Middle East. Prior to joining Rexnord, Mr. 
Chhabra served in various positions with Danaher Corporation, a diversified manufacturer, since 2005, most recently as President 
– Asia, Gilbarco Veeder-Root Inc. in 2014 and as Managing Director – India, Gilbarco Veeder-Root Inc. from 2007 to 2013. Prior 
to his service with Danaher, Mr. Chhabra served in various roles with Eaton Corporation, Cummins Engine Company and SKF 
Bearings.

Rodney Jackson became Senior Vice President – Business & Corporate Development in 2014. Prior to joining Rexnord, 
Mr. Jackson was a member of Danaher Corporation’s Corporate Development team, most recently as Vice President of Corporate 
Development and M&A lead for its product identification and motion platforms. Prior to joining Danaher in 2007, Mr. Jackson 
served in various roles of increasing responsibility with Pentair and worked in investment banking at Goldman Sachs. Mr. Jackson 
started his career at Arthur Andersen.

George J. Powers became our Chief Human Resources Officer in January 2015. Prior to joining Rexnord, Mr. Powers 
served in various positions with Schneider Electric, a global energy management company, since 1993, most recently as Senior 
Vice President, Human Resources – Global Solutions Division, from 2013 to 2015, and as Senior Vice President, Human Resources 
& Administration – North America Operating Division from 2008 to 2012.

Matthew J. Stillings became Group Executive and President of our Water Management Platform in October 2016. Prior 
to joining Rexnord, Mr. Stillings held various positions with increasing responsibility at IDEX Corporation, a manufacturer of 
pumps, flow meters and other fluidic systems and components and engineered products, serving as Senior Vice President, Group 
Executive from 2014 through September 2016, as President, Energy & Fuels Group and President, IDEX India from 2011 until 
2014, and as President, Micropump Inc. and President, Trebor International Inc. from 2008 until 2011.

23

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   23

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Craig G. Wehr became President of our Zurn Group in 2013. Mr. Wehr previously served in various positions with Zurn 
Industries LLC since 1993, including as Vice President / General Manager of Zurn Specification Drain Operations from 2011 to 
2012 and as Zurn Group Vice President of Sales and Marketing from 2007 to 2011.

Patricia M. Whaley became our Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in 2002. Ms. Whaley previously served 
in various legal positions of increasing responsibility with Rexnord and its prior parent corporations, including as Division Senior 
Counsel for the Automation Systems Division of Invensys plc and corporate counsel for BTR Inc.

Kevin J. Zaba became President of our Process & Motion Control Platform in April 2016. He also served as the President 
of our Power Transmission Group from 2014 to 2016. Prior to joining Rexnord, Mr. Zaba served in various positions with Rockwell 
Automation, Inc., a leader in industrial automation and information, since 2004, most recently as Vice President – Solutions, 
Services & Sales in 2014, as Vice President / General Manager – Control & Visualization Products Business from 2011 to 2014 
and as Managing Director – Systems and Solutions Asia Pacific Region from 2008 to 2011.

24

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   24

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS  AND 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “RXN."  The following table 

sets forth for the indicated period the high and low sales prices per share for our common stock on the NYSE:

Fiscal 2016

Fiscal 2017

First quarter

Second quarter

Third quarter

Fourth quarter

First quarter

Second quarter

Third quarter

Fourth quarter

High

$27.73

$24.32

$20.98

$20.63

High

$22.97

$22.50

$22.17

$24.55

Low

$23.42

$16.60

$16.33

$14.04

Low

$18.38

$18.97

$15.80

$19.69

As of May 12, 2017, there were 5 holders of record of our common stock.  We believe the number of beneficial owners 

of our common stock exceeds 1,900.

Dividend Policy

We did not pay any dividends on our common stock in fiscal 2017 or 2016. We currently intend to retain all future earnings 
attributable to Rexnord common shareholders, if any, for use in the operation of our business and to fund future growth. In addition, 
our preferred stock and our credit agreement limits our ability to pay dividends or other distributions on our common stock. The 
decision whether to pay dividends will be made by our Board of Directors in light of conditions then existing, including factors 
such as our results of operations, financial condition and requirements, business conditions and covenants under any applicable 
borrowing agreements and other contractual arrangements.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Refer to Item 8, Note 19 Public Offering and Common Stock Repurchases for information related to our fiscal 2016 share 

repurchases. There were no shares repurchased in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The information required is incorporated by reference from Item 12, Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners 

and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

25

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   25

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
Performance Graph

Set forth below is a line graph comparing the cumulative total shareholder return of our common stock with the Standard 
& Poor's (the "S&P") 500 Index and the S&P 1500 Industrial Index for the five-year period ended March 31, 2017. We chose the 
S&P 1500 Industrial Index because a portion of our Performance Stock Units are measured relative to the total shareholder return 
of this index. Refer to Item 8, Note 15  Stock-Based Compensation for additional information. The graph assumes the value of 
the investment in our common stock and each index was $100 on March 30, 2012 and that all dividends were reinvested.   The 
shareholder return shown on the graph below is not necessarily indicative of future performance and the indices included do not 
necessarily reflect management's opinion that such indices are an appropriate measure of the relative performance of Rexnord's 
stock.

3/12

3/13

3/14

3/15

3/16

3/17

Rexnord Corporation

S&P 500 Index

S&P 1500 Industrial Index

$

$

$

100.00 $

100.62 $

137.35 $

126.49 $

95.83 $

109.38

100.00 $

111.41 $

132.93 $

146.82 $

146.24 $

167.75

100.00 $

113.69 $

141.37 $

150.17 $

150.13 $

175.45

26

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   26

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA. 

The following table of selected historical financial information is based on our consolidated financial statements, including 
those included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. This data should be read in conjunction with Item 7, Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. Our fiscal 
year is the year ending on March 31 of the corresponding calendar year. For example, our fiscal year 2017, or fiscal 2017, means 
the period from April 1, 2016 to March 31, 2017. The Statements of Operations, Other Data and Balance Sheet Data are derived 
from our audited financial statements. 

Year Ended
March 31, 2017
(1)

Year Ended
March 31, 2016

Year Ended
March 31, 2015
(2)

Year Ended
March 31, 2014 
(3)

Year Ended
March 31, 2013 
(4)

(in millions, except share and per share amounts)

Statements of Operations:

Net sales

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Zurn PEX loss contingency (5)

Restructuring and other similar charges

Actuarial (gain) loss on pension and postretirement benefit 
obligations

Amortization of intangible assets

Income from operations

Non-operating (expense) income:

Interest expense, net

Loss on the extinguishment of debt (6)

Other (expense) income, net (7)

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Net income from continuing operations

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax (8)

Net income

Non-controlling interest loss

Net income attributable to Rexnord

Dividends on preferred stock

$

1,918.2

$

1,923.8

$

2,050.2

$

2,034.3

$

1,250.2

1,258.6

1,304.0

668.0

413.2

—

31.6

(2.6)

42.1

183.7

(88.7)

(7.8)

(5.2)

82.0

7.9

74.1

—

74.1

—

74.1

(7.3)

665.2

385.7

—

34.9

12.9

57.4

174.3

(91.4)

—

3.1

86.0

17.1

68.9

(1.4)

67.5

(0.4)

67.9

—

746.2

415.1

—

12.9

59.4

55.1

203.7

(87.9)

—

(7.2)

108.6

16.8

91.8

(8.0)

83.8

—

83.8

—

1,280.9

753.4

419.1

—

8.4

2.7

50.8

272.4

(109.1)

(133.2)

(15.1)

15.0

(10.0)

25.0

4.6

29.6

(0.6)

30.2

—

Net income attributable to Rexnord common stockholders

$

66.8

$

67.9

$

83.8

$

30.2

$

Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to Rexnord common stockholders:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Net income

$

$

$

Diluted income (loss) per share attributable to Rexnord common stockholders:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Net income

$

$

$

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (in thousands):

Basic

Effect of dilutive stock options

Diluted

Other Data:

Net cash provided by (used for):

Operating activities

Investing activities

Financing activities

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets

Capital expenditures

0.65

$

— $

0.65

0.64

— $

0.64

$

$

$

0.69

$

(0.01) $

0.67

0.67

$

$

(0.01) $

0.66

$

0.90

$

(0.08) $

0.82

0.88

$

$

(0.08) $

0.80

$

0.26

0.05

0.31

0.25

0.05

0.30

$

$

$

$

$

$

102,753

2,031

104,784

100,841

2,469

103,310

101,530

3,197

104,727

98,105

3,213

101,318

219.0

(45.2)

(56.3)

115.4

52.1

245.9

(177.3)

(17.4)

112.2

48.8

190.8

(163.8)

(210.3)

106.9

52.2

195.1

(264.0)

79.9

105.4

54.5

27

1,943.5

1,226.9

716.6

398.4

10.1

8.6

5.5

51.1

242.9

(153.3)

(24.0)

(2.9)

62.7

15.4

47.3

2.8

50.1

—

50.1

—

50.1

0.49

0.03

0.52

0.47

0.03

0.50

95,972

3,894

99,866

144.5

(81.8)

165.7

110.9

60.1

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   27

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
(in millions)

Balance Sheet Data:

Cash and cash equivalents

Working capital (9)

Total assets

Total debt (10)

Stockholders’ equity

_______________________ 

2017

2016

March 31,

2015

2014

2013

$

490.1

$

484.6

$

370.3

$

339.0

$

777.8

3,539.3

1,622.7

1,070.6

771.7

3,354.8

1,920.1

588.0

694.6

3,409.3

1,940.0

552.7

700.0

3,371.3

1,959.8

562.1

524.1

666.7

3,455.5

2,113.3

428.5

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

(9) 

(10) 

Consolidated financial data as of and for the year ended March 31, 2017 reflects the acquisition of Cambridge subsequent to June 1, 
2016.  As a result, the comparability of the operating results for the period presented is affected by the revaluation of the assets acquired 
and the liabilities assumed on the date of the acquisition.

Consolidated financial data as of and for the year ended March 31, 2015 reflects the acquisition of Green Turtle subsequent to April 
15, 2014, Tollok subsequent to October 30, 2014 and Euroflex subsequent to January 12, 2015.  As a result, the comparability of the 
operating results for the period presented is affected by the revaluation of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed on the respective 
dates of the acquisitions.

Consolidated financial data as of and for the year ended March 31, 2014 reflects the acquisition of Klamflex Pipe Couplings Ltd. 
subsequent to April 26, 2013, Micro Precision Gear Technology Limited subsequent to August 21, 2013, L.W. Gemmell subsequent 
to August 30, 2013, and Precision Gear Holdings, LLC subsequent to December 16, 2013.  As a result, the comparability of the operating 
results for the period presented is affected by the revaluation of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed on the respective dates 
of the acquisitions.

Consolidated financial data as of and for the year ended March 31, 2013 reflects the acquisition of Cline Acquisition Corp. subsequent 
to December 13, 2012 and excludes the assets associated with a divestiture of an engineered chain business located in Shanghai, China 
on December 18, 2012.  As a result, the comparability of the operating results for the period presented is affected by the revaluation 
of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed on the date of the acquisition and the assets divested on the date of that divestiture.

In the year ended March 31, 2013, we recognized a $10.1 million incremental charge related to a legal settlement reached in connection 
with litigation associated with alleged failure or anticipated failure of Zurn brass fittings.

During fiscal 2017, we recognized a $7.8 million loss on the debt extinguishment associated with the term debt refinancing and debt 
prepayments, which was comprised of $5.4 million of refinancing related costs, as well as a non-cash write-off of unamortized original 
issue discount and debt issuance costs associated with previously outstanding debt of $2.4 million. Refer to Item 8, Note 11 Long-
Term Debt for additional information. In the year ended March 31, 2014, we recognized a $133.2 million loss on the extinguishment 
of debt, which consisted of a $109.9 million bond tender premium paid to holders of our former 8.50% Notes as a result of the tender 
offer and redemption, third party transaction costs of $5.3 million and a $14.0 million non-cash write-off of deferred financing fees 
and net original issue discount associated with the extinguished, then-existing term loan debt.  In addition, we recognized a $4.0 million 
loss associated with the $150.0 million prepayment under our former credit agreement.  

Other (expense) income, net includes the impact of foreign currency transactions and other miscellaneous expenses and income. See 
Item 7, Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, for further information.

In fiscal 2015, we discontinued the Mill Products business. In fiscal 2013, we completed the sale of a non-core engineered chain 
business located in Shanghai, China. Accordingly, the results of operations for both have been reported as discontinued operations in 
the consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented.

Working capital represents total current assets less total current liabilities.

Total debt represents long-term debt, net of an unamortized original issue discount and deferred financing costs, plus the current portion 
of long-term debt.

28

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   28

5/23/17   3:46 PM

ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 

OPERATIONS. 

The following discussion of results of operations and financial condition includes periods prior to the acquisitions of  
Green Turtle Technologies Ltd., Green Turtle Americas Ltd., and Filamat Composites Inc. (collectively "Green Turtle"), Tollok 
S.p.A.  ("Tollok"),  Euroflex Transmissions  (India)  Private  Limited  ("Euroflex"),  and  Cambridge  International  Holdings  Corp. 
("Cambridge").  Our financial performance includes Green Turtle subsequent to April 15, 2014, Tollok subsequent to October 30, 
2014, Euroflex subsequent to January 12, 2015, and Cambridge subsequent to June 1, 2016.  Accordingly, the discussion and 
analysis does not reflect the impact of Green Turtle, Tollok, Euroflex, and Cambridge transactions prior to the respective closing 
date. 

In addition, the following discussion of results of operations and financial condition exclude our former non-core business 
that manufactured ring gears and pinions utilized for crushing machinery applications in the mining sector ("Mill Products").  We 
exited the Mill Products business during fiscal 2015 and accordingly all results of operations and financial condition associated 
with Mill Products have been reclassified to discontinued operations. 

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations together with Item 6, Selected 
Financial Data and Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. Our fiscal year ends on March 31 of each calendar year. 
For example, our fiscal year 2017, or fiscal 2017, means the period from April 1, 2016 to March 31, 2017.  

This discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not 
limited to, those described in the “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this report. Actual results may differ materially from those contained 
in any forward-looking statements. See also “Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” found elsewhere in 
this report. 

The information contained in this section is provided as a supplement to the consolidated financial statements and the 
related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K to help provide an understanding of our financial condition, changes in our 
financial condition and results of our operations. This section is organized as follows: 

Company Overview. This section provides a general description of our business. 

Financial Statement Presentation. This section provides a brief description of certain items and accounting policies that 

appear in our financial statements and general factors that impact these items. 

Critical  Accounting  Estimates.  This  section  discusses  the  accounting  policies  and  estimates  that  we  consider  to  be 
important to our financial condition and results of operations and that require significant judgment and estimates on the part of 
management in their application. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements.  This section cites to the discussion of new or revised accounting pronouncements 

and standards in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.

Overview of Recent Developments. This section provides a description of the recent events impacting the fiscal 2017 

results of operations. 

Results of Operations. This section provides an analysis of our results of operations for our fiscal years ended March 31, 

2017 and 2016 in each case as compared to the prior period's performance. 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures. This section provides an explanation of certain financial measures we use that are not 

in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). 

Covenant Compliance. This section provides a description of certain restrictive covenants with which our credit agreement 

require us to comply. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources. This section provides an analysis of our cash flows for our fiscal years ended March 31, 

2017, 2016 and 2015, as well as a discussion of our indebtedness and its potential effects on our liquidity. 

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations. This section provides a discussion of our commitments as of March 31, 

2017. 

Quantitative  and  Qualitative  Disclosures  about  Market  Risk. This  section  discusses  our  exposure  to  potential  losses 

arising from adverse changes in interest rates and commodity prices. 

29

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   29

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Overview

We are a growth-oriented, multi-platform industrial company with what we believe are leading market shares and highly-
trusted brands that serve a diverse array of global end markets. Currently, our business is comprised of two platforms, Process & 
Motion Control and Water Management.  Our heritage of innovation and specification have allowed us to provide highly-engineered, 
mission-critical solutions to customers for decades and affords us the privilege of having long-term, valued relationships with 
market  leaders.  We  operate  our  Company  in  a  disciplined  way  and  the  Rexnord  Business  System  (“RBS”)  is  our  operating 
philosophy. Grounded in the spirit of continuous improvement, RBS creates a scalable, process-based framework that focuses on 
driving superior customer satisfaction and financial results by targeting world-class operating performance throughout all aspects 
of our business. 

Our strategy is to build the Company around multiple, global strategic platforms that participate in end markets with 
sustainable growth characteristics where we are, or have the opportunity to become, the industry leader. We have a track record 
of acquiring and integrating companies and expect to continue to pursue strategic acquisitions within our existing platforms that 
will expand our geographic presence, broaden our product lines, and allow us to move into adjacent markets. Over time, we may 
add strategic platforms to our Company. 

Refer to Item 1, Business for additional information.

Financial Statement Presentation

The following paragraphs provide a brief description of certain items and accounting policies that appear in our financial 

statements and general factors that impact these items.

Net Sales. Net sales represent gross sales less deductions taken for sales returns and allowances and incentive rebate 

programs.

Cost of Sales. Cost of sales includes all costs of manufacturing required to bring a product to a ready for sale condition. 
Such  costs  include  direct  and  indirect  materials,  direct  and  indirect  labor  costs,  including  fringe  benefits,  supplies,  utilities, 
depreciation, insurance, pension and postretirement benefits, information technology costs and other manufacturing related costs.

The largest component of our cost of sales is cost of materials, which represented approximately 37% of net sales in fiscal 
2017. The principal materials used in our Process & Motion Control manufacturing processes are commodities that are available 
from numerous sources and include sheet, plate and bar steel, castings, forgings, high-performance engineered plastics and a wide 
variety of other components. Within Water Management, we purchase a broad range of materials and components throughout the 
world in connection with our manufacturing activities. Major raw materials and components include bar steel, brass, castings, 
copper,  forgings,  high-performance  engineered  plastic,  plate  steel,  resin,  sheet  plastic  and  zinc. We  have  a  strategic  sourcing
program to significantly reduce the number of direct and indirect suppliers we use and to lower the cost of purchased materials. 
The next largest component of our cost of sales is direct and indirect labor, which represented approximately 15% of net sales in 
fiscal 2017. 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses primarily includes sales 
and marketing, finance and administration, engineering and technical services and distribution. Our major cost elements include 
salary and wages, fringe benefits, pension and postretirement benefits, insurance, depreciation, advertising, travel and information 
technology costs.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The methods, estimates and judgments we use in applying our critical accounting policies have a significant impact on 
the results we report in our consolidated financial statements. We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an on-going basis. We 
base our estimates on historical experience and on assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our 
experience and assumptions form the basis for our judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily 
apparent from other sources. Actual results may vary from what we anticipate and different assumptions or estimates about the 
future could change our reported results. Within the context of these critical accounting policies, we are not currently aware of 
any reasonably likely event that would result in materially different amounts being reported.

In addition to the accounting policies disclosed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, we believe the following 
accounting policies are the most critical to us in that they are important to our financial statements and they require difficult, 
subjective and/or complex judgments in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

30

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   30

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue recognition. Net sales are recorded upon transfer of title and risk of product loss to the customer. Net sales 
relating to any particular shipment are based upon the amount invoiced for the delivered goods less estimated future rebate payments 
and sales returns which are based upon historical experience. Revisions to these estimates are recorded in the period in which the 
facts that give rise to the revision become known. Other than a standard product warranty, there are no other significant post-
shipment obligations.

Receivables. Receivables are stated net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $10.6 million at March 31, 2017 and $8.9 
million at March 31, 2016. We evaluate the collectability of our receivables and establish the allowance for doubtful accounts 
based on a combination of specific customer circumstances and historical write-off experience. Credit is extended to customers 
based upon an evaluation of their financial position. Generally, advance payment is not required. Allowances for doubtful accounts  
established are recorded within Selling, general and administrative expenses within the consolidated statements of operations.

Inventory. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Market is determined based on estimated net realizable 
values. Approximately 60% of the Company’s total inventories as of March 31, 2017 and 2016 were valued using the “last-in, 
first-out” (LIFO) method. All remaining inventories are valued using the “first-in, first-out” (FIFO) method. 

In some cases we have determined a certain portion of our inventories are excess or obsolete. In those cases, we write 
down the value of those inventories to their net realizable value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. 
If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be 
required. The total write-down of inventories charged to expense was $7.6 million, $9.5 million and $5.2 million, during fiscal
2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Purchase  accounting  and  business  combinations.  Assets  acquired  and  the  liabilities  assumed  as  part  of  a  business 
combination are recognized separately from goodwill at their acquisition date fair values.  Goodwill as of the acquisition date is 
measured as the excess of consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the 
liabilities  assumed.    We  review  and  consider  input  from  outside  specialists,  if  and  when  appropriate,  and  use  estimates  and 
assumptions to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date.  We may refine these estimates 
during the measurement period which may be up to one year from the acquisition date.  As a result, during the measurement period, 
we record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset recorded to goodwill.  Upon 
the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of the assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever 
comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded in our consolidated statements of operations.

Impairment of intangible assets and tangible fixed assets. The carrying value of long-lived assets, including amortizable 
intangible assets and tangible fixed assets, are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that the related carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Impairment of amortizable intangible assets and tangible fixed assets 
is generally determined by comparing projected undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the asset, or group of assets, to its
carrying value. If impairment is identified, a loss is recorded equal to the excess of the asset's net book value over its fair value, 
and the cost basis is adjusted. Determination of the fair value requires various estimates including internal cash flow estimates 
generated from the asset, quoted market prices and appraisals as appropriate to determine fair value. Actual results could vary 
from these estimates.

Our recorded goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are not amortized but are tested annually for impairment or 
whenever circumstances indicate that impairment may exist using a discounted cash flow methodology based on future business 
projections and a market value approach.  The estimated fair value of the Company's reporting units is dependent on several 
significant assumptions, including its weighted average cost of capital (discount rate), future earnings and cash flow projections.

In connection with our ongoing supply chain optimization and footprint repositioning initiatives, we have taken several 
actions to consolidate existing manufacturing facilities and rationalize our product offerings. These actions require us to assess 
whether the carrying amount of impacted long-lived assets will be recoverable as well as whether the remaining useful lives of 
such assets require adjustment.  During fiscal 2017 and 2016 we recognized impairment charges associated with these fixed assets 
of $1.5 million and $6.6 million, respectively.  While we did not recognize any impairment charges associated with intangible 
assets related to these initiatives during fiscal 2017, we recognized $10.9 million of impairment charges associated with intangible 
assets during fiscal 2016, which were recorded in Restructuring and other similar charges.   

See Item 8, Note 5 Restructuring and Other Similar Costs for more information.  The impairment of fixed assets and 
intangible assets was determined utilizing Level 3 inputs within the Fair Value hierarchy, and the Company reviewed and considered 
input from outside specialists, when appropriate. Refer to Note 13, Fair Value Measurements for additional information.

Retirement benefits. We have significant pension and post-retirement benefit income and expense and assets/liabilities 
that are developed from actuarial valuations. These valuations include key assumptions regarding discount rates, expected return 
on plan assets, mortality rates and the current health care cost trend rate. We consider current market conditions in selecting these 
assumptions. Changes in the related pension and post-retirement benefit income/costs or assets/liabilities may occur in the future 
due to changes in the assumptions and changes in asset values.

31

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   31

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We recognize the net actuarial gains or losses in excess of unrecognized gain or loss exceeding 10 percent of the greater 
of  the  market-related  value  of  plan  assets  or  the  plan's  projected  benefit  obligation  at  re-measurement  (the  "corridor")  in  the
Corporate segment operating results during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year (or upon any re-measurement date).  During fiscal 
2017, we recognized a non-cash actuarial gain of $2.6 million and non-cash actuarial losses of $12.9 million and $59.4 million, 
in fiscal years 2016 and 2015, respectively, in connection with re-measurements of the plan.  Net periodic benefit costs recorded 
on a quarterly basis are primarily comprised of service and interest cost, amortization of unrecognized prior service cost and the 
expected return on plan assets. See Item 8, Note 16 Retirement Benefits for additional information.

The obligation for postretirement benefits other than pension also is actuarially determined and is affected by assumptions 
including the discount rate and expected future increase in per capita costs of covered postretirement health care benefits. Changes 
in the discount rate and differences between actual and assumed per capita health care costs may affect the recorded amount of 
the expense in future periods.

Income taxes. We are subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment 
is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes and recording the related deferred tax assets and liabilities. 

We assess our income tax positions and record tax liabilities for all years subject to examination based upon management’s 
evaluation of the facts and circumstances and information available at the reporting dates. For those income tax positions where 
it is more-likely-than-not that a tax benefit will be sustained upon the conclusion of an examination, we have recorded the largest 
amount of tax benefit having a cumulatively greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the 
applicable taxing authority, assuming that it has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those tax positions which do not 
meet the more-likely-than-not threshold regarding the ultimate realization of the related tax benefit, no tax benefit has been recorded 
in the financial statements. In addition, we have provided for interest and penalties, as applicable, and record such amounts as a 
component of the overall income tax provision.  As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, our liability for unrecognized tax benefits was 
$18.1 million and $15.6 million, respectively.

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts 
and the tax bases of assets and liabilities, net operating losses (“NOLs”), tax credit and other carryforwards. We regularly review 
our deferred tax assets for recoverability and establish a valuation allowance based on historical losses, projected future taxable 
income and the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences. As a result of this review, we continue to 
maintain a partial valuation allowance against certain foreign NOL carryforwards and other related deferred tax assets, as well as 
certain state NOL carryforwards. As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, valuation allowances of $27.7 and $27.2 million were recorded 
against our deferred tax assets. See Item 8, Note 17 Income Taxes for additional information. 

Commitments and Contingencies. We are subject to proceedings, lawsuits and other claims related to environmental, 
labor, product and other matters.  We are required to assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters 
as well as potential ranges of probable losses.  We determine the amount of accruals needed, if any, for each individual issue based 
on our professional knowledge and experience and discussions with legal counsel.  The required accruals may change in the future 
due to new developments in each matter, the ultimate resolution of each matter or changes in approach, such as change in strategy.  

Accruals  are  recorded  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheets  to  reflect  our  contractual  liabilities  relating  to  warranty 
commitments to our customers.  We provide warranty coverage at various lengths and terms to our customers depending on standard
offerings and negotiated contractual agreements.  We accrue an estimate for warranty expense at the time of sale based on historical 
warranty return rates and repair costs.  Should future warranty experience differ materially from our historical experience, we may 
be required to record additional warranty accruals which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in the 
period in which these additional accruals are required.  

As noted in Item 8, Note 18 Commitments and Contingencies, certain Water Management subsidiaries are subject to 
asbestos litigation. As a result, we have recorded a liability for pending and potential future asbestos claims, as well as a receivable 
for insurance coverage of such liability. The valuation of our potential asbestos liability was based on the number and severity of 
future asbestos claims, future settlement costs, and the effectiveness of defense strategies and settlement initiatives.

We estimate that our available insurance to cover our potential asbestos liability as of the end of fiscal 2017 is greater 
than  our  potential  asbestos  liability. This  conclusion  was  reached  after  considering  our  experience  in  asbestos  litigation,  the 
insurance payments made to date by our insurance carriers, existing insurance policies, the industry ratings of the insurers and the 
advice of insurance coverage counsel with respect to applicable insurance coverage law relating to the terms and conditions of 
those policies. We used these same considerations when evaluating the recoverability of our receivable for insurance coverage of 
potential asbestos claims.

32

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   32

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Item 8, Note 2 Significant Accounting Policies regarding recent accounting pronouncements.

Overview of Recent Developments

Restructuring and Other Similar Costs

During  fiscal  2017,  we  continued  to  execute  various  restructuring  actions.  These  initiatives  were  intended  to  drive 
efficiencies and reduce operating costs while also modifying our footprint to reflect changes in the markets we serve, the impact 
of acquisitions on our overall manufacturing capacity and the refinement of our overall product portfolio.  These restructuring 
actions primarily resulted in workforce reductions, impairment of related manufacturing facilities, equipment and intangible assets, 
lease termination costs, and other facility rationalization costs. We expect to continue executing initiatives to optimize our operating 
margin and manufacturing footprint as well as select product-line rationalizations. As such, we expect further expenses related to 
workforce reductions, potential impairment of assets, lease termination costs, and other facility rationalization costs. 

We recorded restructuring charges of $31.6 million, $34.9 million and $12.9 million during the fiscal years ended March 31, 

2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Product Line Divestiture

During fiscal 2016, we made the decision to exit the non-strategic RHF flow control gate product line. 

For purposes of comparison in the following discussion of Results of Operations, the net sales and operating losses for 

the RHF product line for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015  are presented below:

Net sales

Loss from operations

Net sales

Loss from operations

Year Ended

March 31, 2017

March 31, 2016

Change

% Change

$

14.7

$

39.0

$

(16.4)

(42.8)

(24.3)

26.4

(62.3)%

61.7 %

Year Ended

March 31, 2016

March 31, 2015

Change

% Change

$

39.0

$

41.6

$

(42.8)

(12.7)

(2.6)

(30.1)

(6.3)%

(237.0)%

33

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   33

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
Results of Operations   

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2017 Compared with the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2016: 

Net sales 

(Dollars in Millions) 

Process & Motion Control

Water Management

Consolidated

Process & Motion Control

Year Ended

March 31,
2017

March 31,
2016

Change

% Change

$

$

1,134.7

783.5

1,918.2

$

$

1,100.3

823.5

1,923.8

$

$

34.4

(40.0)

(5.6)

3.1 %

(4.9)%

(0.3)%

Process & Motion Control net sales were $1,134.7 million in fiscal 2017, up 3% year over year. Excluding a 7% increase 
from the acquisition of Cambridge and a 1% unfavorable impact from foreign currency translation, core net sales declined 3%.  
Core sales to OEM and end-user customers across several of our industrial process end markets were lower than the prior year, 
which partially offset the positive sales growth in our industrial distribution channels and our consumer-facing and aerospace end 
markets. 

Water Management

Water Management net sales were $783.5 million in fiscal 2017, a 5% decline year over year. Water Management core 
net  sales,  which  excludes  a  3%  adverse  impact  associated  with  the  exit  of  the  Rodney  Hunt  Fontaine  (“RHF”)  product  line, 
decreased 2% during fiscal 2017.  The decrease in core net sales is primarily the result of the timing of project shipments to our 
global water and wastewater infrastructure end markets, which more than offset stable demand in our nonresidential construction 
end markets. 

Income (loss) from operations 

(Dollars in Millions) 

Year Ended

March 31,
2017

March 31,
2016

Change

% Change

Process & Motion Control

$

134.9

$

146.8

$

(11.9)

% of net sales

Water Management

% of net sales

Corporate

Consolidated

% of net sales

Process & Motion Control

11.9%

85.1

10.9%

(36.3)

183.7

9.6%

$

13.3%

72.8

8.8%

(45.3)

174.3

9.1%

$

(1.4)%

12.3

2.1 %

9.0

9.4

0.5 %

$

(8.1)%

16.9 %

(19.9)%

5.4 %

Process & Motion Control income from operations for fiscal 2017 was $134.9 million, or 11.9% of net sales. Income 
from operations as a percentage of net sales decreased by 140 basis points year over year primarily as a result of incremental 
investments in our innovation, market expansion and footprint repositioning actions.  Fiscal year 2017 also included an incremental 
70 basis point impact for accelerated depreciation of certain assets, as well as the impact of acquisition-related fair value adjustments.  

Water Management

Water Management income from operations was $85.1 million in fiscal 2017 and $72.8 million in fiscal 2016.  Income 
from  operations  increased  210  basis  points  to  10.9%  of  net  sales  due  to  the  exit  of  the  RHF  product  line  and  lower  related 
restructuring costs, partially offset by the impact of lower sales year over year, increased investment in our innovation and market 
expansion initiatives and less favorable project mix.

34

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   34

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
Corporate 

Corporate expenses were $36.3 million in fiscal 2017 and $45.3 million in fiscal 2016. The decrease in corporate expenses 
is primarily associated with reduced expense year over year as a result of a fourth quarter adjustment to reflect an actuarial gain 
on  pension  and  postretirement  obligations  (as  compared  to  a  loss  in  fiscal  2016),  partially  offset  by  higher  year-over-year 
compensation-related costs (primarily stock-based compensation).  

Interest expense, net 

Interest expense, net was $88.7 million in fiscal 2017 compared to $91.4 million in fiscal 2016. The year-over-year 
decrease in interest expense is a result of lower outstanding borrowings in fiscal 2017 following the $95.0 million voluntary 
prepayment made on our term loan during the first quarter of fiscal 2017 and the $195.0 million prepayment made on our term 
loan in connection with the term loan refinancing completed in the third quarter of fiscal 2017,  partially offset by the impact of 
the interest rate swaps being outstanding for all of fiscal 2017 compared to six months in fiscal 2016.  See Item 8, Note 12 Derivative 
Financial Instruments and Item 8, Note 11 Long-Term Debt for more information. 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

During  fiscal  2017,  we  completed  a  refinancing  of  our  term  loan  facility.  Upon  completion  of  this  transaction,  we 
recognized a pre-tax loss of $7.8 million in accordance with ASC 470-50 Debt - Modifications and Extinguishments, which was 
comprised of $5.4 million of re-financing-related costs, as well as a non-cash write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs associated 
with previously outstanding debt of $2.4 million.  See Item 8, Note 11 Long-Term Debt for more information.

Other (expense) income, net 

Other (expense) income, net for fiscal 2017 was $5.2 million of expense and consisted of foreign currency transaction 
losses of $3.7 million and other miscellaneous expenses of $1.5 million. Other (expense) income, net for fiscal 2016 was $3.1 
million of income, which resulted primarily from an $8.4 million CDSOA anti-dumping settlement.  See Item 8, Note 6 Recovery 
Under Continued Dumping and Subsidy Offset Act ("CDSOA") for more information.  This settlement income was partially offset 
by foreign currency transaction losses of $3.0 million, losses on the sale of property, plant and equipment of $0.6 million and other 
miscellaneous losses of $1.7 million.

Provision for income taxes

The income tax provision in fiscal 2017 was $7.9 million, or an effective tax rate of 9.6%. The provision recorded was 
below  the  U.S.  federal  statutory  rate  of  35%  primarily  due  to  excess  tax  benefits  associated  with  share-based  payments  (in 
conjunction with the early adoption of ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee 
Share-Based Payment Accounting; see Item 8, Note 2 Significant Accounting Policies), the recognition of net tax benefits associated 
with U.S. research and development credits, the recognition of a worthless stock and bad debt deduction for U.S. income tax 
purposes relating to an insolvent foreign subsidiary and the recognition of excess U.S. foreign tax credits, partially offset by the 
recognition of income tax expense relating to various foreign income tax audits. The income tax provision in fiscal 2016 was $17.1 
million or an effective tax rate of 19.9%. The provision recorded was below the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% due to the 
recognition of certain foreign-related branch losses for U.S. income tax purposes, the reduction in the overall state effective rate 
applied to the Company’s net deferred tax liabilities and the recognition of certain, previously unrecognized income tax benefits 
due to the lapse of the applicable statutes of limitations, partially offset by the increase in the valuation allowance recorded against 
certain foreign net operating loss carryforwards and related deferred tax assets in which the realization of such benefits was no 
longer deemed more-likely-than-not.

Net income from continuing operations attributable to Rexnord common stockholders

Our net income attributable to Rexnord common stockholders in fiscal fiscal 2017 was $66.8 million compared to $69.3 
million in fiscal 2016 due to the factors described above. Diluted income per share attributable to Rexnord common stockholders 
was $0.64 in fiscal 2017 compared to $0.67 in fiscal 2016.  Fiscal 2017 earnings per share of common stock also reflect the effect 
of dividends paid on shares of cumulative preferred stock, which were paid for part of fiscal 2017.  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, attributable to Rexnord common stockholders 

We had no impact from discontinued operations on our fiscal 2017 financial statements, compared to a $1.4 million loss 
in fiscal 2016. The loss from discontinued operations was related to the discontinuance of the non-core Mill Products business 
within our Process & Motion Control platform during fiscal 2015.  See Item 8, Note 4 Discontinued Operations for more information.

35

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   35

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2016 Compared with the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2015 

Net sales 

(Dollars in Millions)

Process & Motion Control

Water Management

Consolidated

Process & Motion Control

Year Ended

March 31, 2016

March 31, 2015

Change

% Change

$

$

1,100.3

$

1,230.2

$

823.5

820.0

1,923.8

$

2,050.2

$

(129.9)

3.5

(126.4)

(10.6)%

0.4 %

(6.2)%

Process & Motion Control net sales for the year ended March 31, 2016 decreased 10.6% from fiscal 2015 to $1,100.3 
million.  Core net sales (which excludes 2% growth from acquisitions and a 4% adverse impact from foreign currency translation) 
declined 9% as growth in our Aerospace and food and beverage end markets was more than offset by the adverse demand across 
several of our process industry end markets coupled with the related de-stocking within our corresponding distribution channels 
during the first half of fiscal 2016.

Water Management

Water Management net sales for the year ended March 31, 2016 increased 0.4% from the prior year to $823.5 million. 
Core net sales (which excludes a 4% adverse impact from foreign currency translation and a 1% adverse impact associated with 
the exit of our RHF product line) increased 5% as a result of favorable demand trends across the majority of our end markets as
well as the timing of project shipments to our water and wastewater infrastructure end markets.

Income (loss) from operations 

(Dollars in Millions) 

Process & Motion Control

% of net sales

Water Management

% of net sales

Corporate

Consolidated

% of net sales

Process & Motion Control

Year Ended

March 31, 2016

March 31, 2015

Change

% Change

$

146.8

$

219.6

$

(72.8)

(33.2)%

13.3%

72.8

8.8%

(45.3)

17.9%

79.0

9.6%

(94.9)

$

174.3

$

203.7

$

9.1%

9.9%

(4.6)%

(6.2)

(0.8)%

49.6

(29.4)

(0.8)%

(7.8)%

52.3 %

(14.4)%

Process & Motion Control income from operations for fiscal 2016 was $146.8 million compared to $219.6 million for 
fiscal 2015.  Operating income as a percentage of net sales decreased 460 basis points to 13.3% in fiscal 2016 as a result of reduced 
absorption on lower year-over-year sales, adverse product mix associated with lower sales to our U.S. general industrial end 
markets and incremental investments in our market expansion and supply chain optimization and footprint repositioning initiatives. 

Water Management

Water Management income from operations for fiscal 2016 was $72.8 million compared to $79.0 million in fiscal 2015.  
Operating income as a percentage of net sales decreased 80 basis points to 8.8% in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015.  Excluding 
the incremental year-over-year loss from operations of RHF and the absence of the fiscal 2015 charge to establish reserves for 
accounts receivable and inventory related to a Venezuelan customer, Water Management operating income as a percentage of net 
sales increased by 210 basis points to 14.7% related to the benefit of core volume growth and RBS-driven productivity gains and 
efficiencies.

36

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   36

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
Corporate 

Corporate expenses were $45.3 million in fiscal 2016 compared to $94.9 million in fiscal 2015. The year over year 
decrease was primarily driven by the recognition of $12.9 million non-cash actuarial pension and other postretirement losses in 
fiscal 2016 compared to the recognition of $59.4 million of non-cash actuarial losses in fiscal 2015.  The recognition of higher 
non-cash actuarial losses in fiscal 2015 was driven primarily by the adoption of the updated mortality assumptions released by 
the Society of Actuaries in fiscal 2015, lower discount rates used in performing our annual re-measurement of our pension and 
post-retirement obligations and the completion of a lump sum settlement associated with our domestic non-union defined benefit 
plan.  See Item 8, Note 16 Retirement Benefits to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.  The remaining 
decrease in Corporate expenses from fiscal 2015 to fiscal 2016 was due to project-related expenses.

Interest expense, net 

Interest expense, net was $91.4 million in fiscal 2016 compared to $87.9 million in fiscal 2015. The year over year 
increase in interest expense reflects the partial year impact of our interest rate swaps becoming effective in the third quarter of 
fiscal 2016.  These interest rate swaps raised our effective interest rate by approximately 1.55% on $650.0 million of our term
loans during the second half of fiscal 2016.  See Item 8, Note 11 Long-Term Debt to the consolidated financial statements for 
more information.

Other (expense) income, net 

Other (expense) income, net for fiscal 2016 was $3.1 million of income, which resulted primarily from an $8.4 million
CDSOA anti-dumping settlement.  This settlement income was partially offset by foreign currency transaction losses of $3.0 
million, losses on the sale of property, plant and equipment of $0.6 million and other miscellaneous losses of $1.7 million.  Other 
expense, net for fiscal 2015 was $7.2 million which consisted of foreign currency transaction losses of $1.5 million, $1.4 million 
of losses on the sale of property, plant and equipment and other miscellaneous losses of $4.3 million.

Provision for income taxes

The income tax provision in fiscal 2016 was $17.1 million or an effective tax rate of 19.9%. The provision recorded was 
below the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% due to the recognition of certain foreign-related branch losses for U.S. income tax 
purposes, the reduction in the overall state effective rate applied to the Company’s net deferred tax liabilities and the recognition 
of certain, previously unrecognized income tax benefits due to the lapse of the applicable statutes of limitations, partially offset 
by the increase in the valuation allowance recorded against certain foreign net operating loss carryforwards and related deferred 
tax assets in which the realization of such benefits was no longer deemed more-likely-than-not. The income tax provision in fiscal 
2015 was $16.8 million or an effective tax rate of 15.5%. The provision recorded was below the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% 
due to the accrual of foreign income taxes at rates which were generally below the U.S. federal statutory rate, the recognition of 
certain foreign-related branch losses for U.S. income tax purposes, the reduction in the valuation allowance recorded against 
certain foreign tax credit and state net operating loss carryforwards in which the realization of such benefits was now deemed 
more-likely-than-not and the recognition of certain, previously unrecognized income tax benefits due to the lapse of the applicable 
statutes of limitations, partially offset by certain one-time costs associated with a change to the U.S. income tax entity classification 
of a foreign subsidiary. 

Net income from continuing operations attributable to Rexnord common stockholders

Our net income attributable to Rexnord common stockholders in fiscal 2016 was $69.3 million compared to $91.8 million 
in fiscal 2015 due to the factors described above. Diluted net income per share from continuing operations in fiscal 2016 was 
$0.67, compared to $0.88 in fiscal 2015.  Comparability between periods is impacted by the anti-dilutive effect of the fiscal 2016 
decrease in average outstanding shares primarily resulting from our fiscal 2016 repurchase of 1,552,500 shares of our common 
stock.

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, attributable to Rexnord common stockholders

Our loss from discontinued operations, net of tax was $1.4 million for fiscal 2016 compared to $8.0 million in fiscal 
2015. The loss from discontinued operations is related to the discontinuance of the non-core Mill Products business during fiscal 
2015.  See Item 8, Note 4 Discontinued Operations to the consolidated financial statements for more information.

37

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   37

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

Non-GAAP financial measures are intended to supplement and not replace financial measures prepared in accordance 

with GAAP.

Core sales

Core sales excludes the impact of acquisitions (such as the Cambridge acquisition), divestitures (such as the RHF product 
line exit) and foreign currency translation. Management believes that core sales facilitates easier and more meaningful comparisons 
of our net sales performance with prior and future periods and to our peers. We exclude the effect of acquisitions and divestitures 
because the nature, size and number of acquisitions and divestitures can vary dramatically from period to period and between us
and our peers, and can also obscure underlying business trends and make comparisons of long-term performance difficult. We 
exclude the effect of foreign currency translation from this measure because the volatility of currency translation is not under 
management's control.

EBITDA

EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is presented because it is an 
important supplemental measure of performance and it is frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties in the 
evaluation of companies in our industry. EBITDA is also presented and compared by analysts and investors in evaluating our 
ability to meet debt service obligations. Other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA differently. EBITDA is not a 
measurement of financial performance under U.S. GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to cash flow from operating 
activities or as a measure of liquidity or an alternative to net income as indicators of operating performance or any other measures 
of performance derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Because EBITDA is calculated before recurring cash charges, including 
interest expense and taxes, and is not adjusted for capital expenditures or other recurring cash requirements of the business, it 
should not be considered as a measure of discretionary cash available to invest in the growth of the business.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA (as described below in “Covenant Compliance”) is an important measure because, under our credit 
agreement, our ability to incur certain types of acquisition debt and certain types of subordinated debt, make certain types of 
acquisitions or asset exchanges, operate our business and make dividends or other distributions, all of which will impact our 
financial performance, is impacted by our Adjusted EBITDA, as our lenders measure our performance with a net first lien leverage 
ratio by comparing our senior secured bank indebtedness to our Adjusted EBITDA (see “Covenant Compliance” for additional 
discussion of this ratio, including a reconciliation to our net income). We reported net income available to Rexnord common 
shareholders in the year ended March 31, 2017 of $66.8 million and Adjusted EBITDA for the same period of $346.5 million. See 
“Covenant Compliance” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to GAAP net income.

Covenant Compliance 

Our credit agreement, which governs our senior secured credit facilities, contains, among other provisions, restrictive 
covenants regarding indebtedness, payments and distributions, mergers and acquisitions, asset sales, affiliate transactions, capital 
expenditures and the maintenance of certain financial ratios. Payment of borrowings under the credit agreement may be accelerated 
if there is an event of default. Events of default include the failure to pay principal and interest when due, a material breach of a 
representation or warranty, certain non-payments or defaults under other indebtedness, covenant defaults, events of bankruptcy 
and a change of control. Certain covenants contained in the credit agreement restrict our ability to take certain actions, such as 
incurring additional debt or making acquisitions, if we are unable to meet certain maximum net first lien leverage ratios of 7.75 
to 1.0 and, with respect to our revolving facility, also require us to remain at or below a maximum total net leverage ratio of 6.75
to 1.0 as of the end of each fiscal quarter (it was 3.33 to 1.0 at March 31, 2017). Failure to comply with these covenants could 
limit our long-term growth prospects by hindering our ability to borrow under the revolver, to obtain future debt and/or to make 
acquisitions. 

38

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   38

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
“Adjusted EBITDA” is the term we use to describe EBITDA as defined and adjusted in our credit agreement, which is 
net income, adjusted for the items summarized in the table below. Adjusted EBITDA is intended to show our unleveraged, pre-
tax operating results and therefore reflects our financial performance based on operational factors, excluding non-operational, 
non-cash or non-recurring losses or gains.  In view of our debt level, it is also provided to aid investors in understanding our 
compliance with our debt covenants.  Adjusted EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP, and our use of the 
term Adjusted EBITDA varies from others in our industry. This measure should not be considered as an alternative to net income,
income from operations or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA has important 
limitations as an analytical tool, and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported 
under  GAAP.  For  example, Adjusted  EBITDA  does  not  reflect:  (a)  our  capital  expenditures,  future  requirements  for  capital 
expenditures or contractual commitments; (b) changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (c) the significant 
interest expenses, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt; (d) tax payments that 
represent a reduction in cash available to us; (e) any cash requirements for the assets being depreciated and amortized that may 
have to be replaced in the future; or (f) the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters that we and the lenders under our 
credit agreement may not consider indicative of our ongoing operations. In particular, our definition of Adjusted EBITDA allows 
us to add back certain non-cash, non-operating or non-recurring charges that are deducted in calculating net income, even though 
these are expenses that may recur, vary greatly and are difficult to predict and can represent the effect of long-term strategies as 
opposed to short-term results.

In addition, certain of these expenses can represent the reduction of cash that could be used for other corporate purposes. 
Further, although not included in the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA below, the measure may at times allow us to add estimated 
cost savings and operating synergies related to operational changes ranging from acquisitions or dispositions to restructurings, 
and/or exclude one-time transition expenditures that we anticipate we will need to incur to realize cost savings before such savings 
have occurred.

The calculation of Adjusted EBITDA under our credit agreement as of March 31, 2017 is presented in the table below. 
However, the results of such calculation could differ in the future based on the different types of adjustments that may be included 
in such respective calculations at the time. 

Set forth below is a reconciliation of net income attributable to Rexnord common stockholders to Adjusted EBITDA for 

the periods indicated below.

(in millions)

Net income attributable to Rexnord common stockholders

Interest expense, net

Provision for income taxes

Depreciation and amortization

EBITDA

Adjustments to EBITDA:

Restructuring and other similar charges (1)

Stock-based compensation expense

LIFO income (2)

Acquisition-related fair value adjustment

Loss on the extinguishment of debt

Actuarial gain on pension and postretirement benefit obligations

Loss on RHF product line exit (3) (excluding restructuring and related charges)

Dividends on preferred stock

Other, net (4)

Subtotal of adjustments to EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA

Pro forma adjustment for acquisitions (5)

Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA

Consolidated indebtedness (6)

Total net leverage ratio (7)

Year Ended
March 31, 2017

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

66.8

88.7

7.9

105.4

268.8

31.6

13.4

(2.3)

4.3

7.8

(2.6)

12.2

7.3

6.0

77.7

346.5

4.5

351.0

1,169.9

3.33

(1) 

Represents restructuring costs comprised of workforce reductions, impairment of related manufacturing facilities, equipment and 
intangible assets, lease termination costs, and other facility rationalization costs.  See Item 8, Note 3, Restructuring and Other Similar 
Charges for more information.

(2) 

Last-in first-out (LIFO) inventory adjustments are excluded in calculating Adjusted EBITDA as defined in our credit agreement.

39

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   39

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
(3) 

During fiscal 2016, we made the decision to exit the non-strategic RHF flow control gate product line within our Water Management 
platform.  The operating loss (excluding restructuring and related charges included in their respective adjusting lines above) is not 
included in Adjusted EBITDA in accordance with our credit agreement.

(4) 

Other, net consists of:

(in millions)

Other expense (income)

Loss on foreign currency transactions

Other miscellaneous expenses

Total other expense

Plus: Other non-cash charges

Total other, net

Year ended March
31, 2017

$

$

3.7

1.5

5.2

0.8

6.0

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

Represents a pro forma adjustment to include the Adjusted EBITDA related to the acquisition of Cambridge as permitted by our credit 
agreement. The pro forma adjustment includes the period from April 1, 2016 through the date of the acquisition. See Item 8, Note 3 
Acquisitions for more information. 

Our credit agreement defines our consolidated indebtedness as the sum of all indebtedness (other than letters of credit or bank guarantees, 
to the extent undrawn) consisting of indebtedness for borrowed money and capitalized lease obligations, less unrestricted cash, which 
was $452.8 million (as defined by the credit agreement) at March 31, 2017. 

Our credit agreement defines the total net leverage ratio as the ratio of consolidated indebtedness (as described above) to Adjusted 
EBITDA for the trailing four fiscal quarters. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources    

Our primary sources of liquidity are available cash and cash equivalents, cash flow from operations, and borrowing 

availability under our $265.0 million revolving credit facility and our $100.0 million accounts receivable securitization program.   

As of March 31, 2017, we had $490.1 million of cash and cash equivalents and $345.8 million of additional borrowing 
capacity ($250.4 million of available borrowings under our revolving credit facility and $95.4 million available under our accounts 
receivable securitization program). As of March 31, 2017, the available borrowings under our credit facility  and accounts receivable 
securitization were reduced by $19.2 million due to outstanding letters of credit.  As of March 31, 2016, we had $484.6 million
of cash and approximately $343.9 million of additional borrowing capacity ($243.9 million of available borrowings under our 
revolving credit facility and $100.0 million available under our accounts receivable securitization program). As of March 31, 2016, 
the available borrowings under our credit facility were reduced by $21.1 million due to outstanding letters of credit. 

Both our revolving credit facility and accounts receivable securitization program are available to fund our working capital 

requirements, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes.

Cash Flows   

Net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2017 was $195.1 million compared to $219.0 million in fiscal 2016.  
The decrease in cash flows from operations is primarily driven by higher year-over-year cash restructuring payments, partially 
offset by incremental cash provided by trade working capital.  Fiscal 2016 operating cash flow also included the benefit of $8.4 
million from the CDSOA anti-dumping settlement receipt that did not recur in fiscal year 2017.  

Cash used for investing activities was $264.0 million in fiscal 2017 compared to $45.2 million in fiscal 2016.  Investing 
activities in fiscal 2017 included $213.7 million of net cash used primarily to fund the Cambridge acquisition in the first quarter 
of fiscal 2017, whereas fiscal 2016 included $1.1 million in cash receipts associated with finalizing working capital related to the 
Euroflex acquisition.  We invested $54.5 million in capital expenditures in fiscal year 2017 compared to $52.1 million in fiscal 
year 2016.  

Cash provided by financing activities was $79.9 million in fiscal 2017 compared to cash used for financing activities of 
$56.3 million in fiscal 2016.  During fiscal 2017, we received $389.7 million of proceeds from the closing of our preferred stock 
issuance on December 7, 2016, net of underwriting discounts, commissions and other direct costs of the offering (see Item 8, Note 
19 Public Offering and Common Stock Repurchases for more information). The proceeds were partially offset by $310.7 million 
of net debt payments, primarily for voluntary prepayments on our Term Loan of $195.0 million in connection with the preferred 
stock issuance, as well as our earlier voluntary prepayment of $95.0 million on our-then existing Term Loan (see Item 8, Note 11 
Long-Term Debt for more information). Fiscal 2017 includes $11.0 million of cash proceeds associated with stock option exercises. 
During fiscal 2017, we also settled the deferred acquisition payment associated with the fiscal 2015 acquisition of Tollok and paid 
$4.4 million of dividends on mandatory preferred shares.  Cash used for financing activities in fiscal 2016 consisted of $40.0 
million of cash used to repurchase outstanding shares of our common stock under our board-authorized stock repurchase program 

40

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   40

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
(see Item 8, Note 19 Public Offering and Common Stock Repurchases for more information).  In addition, we made $19.5 million
of principal payments on our term loans and $5.9 million of other payments on short-term debt (inclusive of the $1.3 million 
redemption of our 8.875% senior notes).  These uses of cash were partially offset by $5.1 million of proceeds from stock option 
exercises and $4.0 million related to the excess tax benefit on the option exercises.

Net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2016 was $219.0 million compared to $245.9 million in fiscal 2015.  
The decrease in operating cash was primarily driven by reduced operating profit on lower net sales and higher cash income taxes, 
partially offset by the CDSOA anti-dumping settlement receipt and the benefit of lower trade working capital.

Cash used for investing activities was $45.2 million in fiscal 2016 compared to $177.3 million in fiscal 2015.  Investing 
activities in fiscal 2016 included the receipt of $1.1 million in cash associated with finalizing working capital related to the Euroflex 
acquisition whereas fiscal 2015 included $138.2 million of net cash used to fund the acquisitions of Euroflex, Tollok and Green 
Turtle. See Item 8, Note 3 Acquisitions for additional information. We invested $52.1 million in capital expenditures in fiscal 2016
compared to $48.8 million in fiscal 2015.

Cash used for financing activities was $56.3 million in fiscal 2016, as described above, compared to $17.4 million in 
fiscal 2015. The cash used for financing activities in fiscal 2015 consisted of $19.8 million principal payments on our term loans 
and $4.5 million of other net debt payments. The cash used by financing activities in fiscal 2015 also includes $5.8 million related 
to the excess tax benefit on stock option exercises and $1.1 million of proceeds on stock option exercises. 

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

The table below lists our contractual obligations at March 31, 2017 by period when due:

(in millions)

Term loans (1)

Other long-term debt (2)

Interest on long-term debt obligations (3)

Purchase commitments

Operating lease obligations

Pension and post-retirement plans (4)

Totals

_______________________

Total

Less than
1 Year

1-3 Years

3-5 Years

More than
5 Years

Payments Due by Period

$

1,602.4

$

16.1

$

38.7

443.9

155.8

77.3

77.7

0.4

76.8

143.9

17.5

10.0

32.2

14.5

161.9

11.5

27.5

23.0

$

32.2

$

1,521.9

0.3

169.2

0.4

14.1

44.7

23.5

36.0

—

18.2

n/a

$

2,395.8

$

264.7

$

270.6

$

260.9

$

1,599.6

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

Excludes an unamortized original issue discount and debt issuance costs of $17.9 million at March 31, 2017. 

Includes $37.4 million of financing related to the Company's participation in the New Market Tax Credit incentive program. Excludes 
unamortized debt issuance costs of $0.5 million at March 31, 2017.

Interest on long-term debt obligations represents the cash interest expense using a LIBOR-based forecast. 

Represents expected pension and post-retirement contributions and benefit payments to be paid directly by us. Contributions and 
benefit payments beyond fiscal 2022 cannot be reasonably estimated.

No provision has been made for United States federal income taxes related to approximately $176.5 million of undistributed 
earnings of foreign subsidiaries that are considered to be permanently reinvested; see Item 8, Note 17 Income Taxes for further 
information.

We may be required to make significant cash outlays related to our unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and 
penalties. However, due to the uncertainty of the timing of future cash flows associated with our unrecognized tax benefits, we 
are unable to make reasonably reliable estimates of the period of cash settlement, if any, with the respective taxing authorities. 
Accordingly, unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties and federal tax benefits where applicable, of $18.1 million 
as of March 31, 2017, have been excluded from the contractual obligations table above.  See Item 8, Note 17 Income Taxes for 
more information related to our unrecognized tax benefits.

Our pension and post-retirement benefit plans are discussed in detail in Item 8, Note 16 Retirement Benefits. The pension 
plans provide for monthly pension payments to eligible employees upon retirement. Other post-retirement benefits consist of 
retiree medical plans that cover a portion of employees in the United States that meet certain age and service requirements and 
other post-retirement benefits for employees at certain foreign locations. See  Item 1A, Risk Factors for more information.

41

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   41

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
Indebtedness 

As of March 31, 2017 we had $1,622.7 million of total indebtedness outstanding as follows (in millions):  

Term loans (1)

Other subsidiary debt (2)

Total

Total Debt at
March 31, 2017

Short-term Debt
and Current
Maturities of Long-
Term Debt

Long-term
Portion

$

$

1,584.5

38.2

1,622.7

$

$

16.1

0.4

16.5

$

$

1,568.4

37.8

1,606.2

(1)  Includes unamortized original issue discount and debt issuance costs of $17.9 million at March 31, 2017.   
(2)  Includes $36.9 million of financing related to the Company's participation in the New Market Tax Credit incentive program and 

unamortized debt issuance costs of $0.5 million. 

See Item 8, Note 11 Long-Term Debt for a description of our outstanding indebtedness.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet or non-consolidated special-purpose entities.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk during the normal course of business from changes in foreign currency exchange rates 
and interest rates. The exposure to these risks is managed through a combination of normal operating and financing activities and 
derivative financial instruments in the form of foreign currency forward contracts, interest rate swaps, and interest rate caps to 
cover certain known foreign currency transactional risks, as well as identified risks due to interest rate fluctuations.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk 

Our exposure to foreign currency exchange rates relates primarily to our foreign operations. For our foreign operations, 
exchange  rates  impact  the  U.S. Dollar    ("USD")  value  of  our  reported  earnings,  our  investments  in  the  subsidiaries  and  the 
intercompany transactions with the subsidiaries. See Item 1A, Risk Factors for more information. 

We have operations in the European Union, a portion of which are located in the United Kingdom ("U.K."). The June 
2016 U.K. vote to exit from the European Union (“Brexit”) led to a significant decline in the U.K. Pound late in the first quarter 
of fiscal 2017; beyond the currency effects to date, which have not been material, we have not yet determined what effect, if any, 
Brexit may have on our business and results of operations.

Approximately  31%  of  our  sales  originated  outside  of  the  United  States  in  fiscal  2017.    Revenues  and  expenses 
denominated in foreign currencies are translated into USD at the end of the fiscal period using the average exchange rates in effect 
during the period. Consequently, as the value of the USD changes relative to the currencies of our major markets, particularly 
those that are Euro-based, our reported results may vary significantly.

Fluctuations in currency exchange rates also impact the USD amount of our stockholders' equity. The assets and liabilities 
of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are translated into USD at the exchange rates in effect at the end of the fiscal periods. As of March 31, 
2017, stockholders' equity decreased by $12.8 million from March 31, 2016 as a result of foreign currency translation adjustments. 
If the USD had strengthened by an additional 10% as of March 31, 2017, the result would have decreased stockholders' equity by 
approximately $56.7 million.  

As we continue to expand our business globally, our success will depend, in large part, on our ability to anticipate and 
effectively manage these and other risks associated with our international operations.  However, any of these factors could adversely 
affect our international operations and, consequently, our operating results.

At March 31, 2017, we had entered into certain foreign currency forward contracts.  These foreign currency forward 
contracts were not accounted for as cash flow hedges in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”), and 
as such were marked to market through earnings. We believe that a hypothetical 10% adverse change in the foreign currency 
exchange rates would have resulted in a $3.0 million increase in the fair value of foreign exchange forward contracts as of March 31, 
2017. 

Interest Rate Risk 

We utilize a combination of short-term and long-term debt to finance our operations and are exposed to interest rate risk 

on these debt obligations. 

42

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   42

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A substantial portion of our indebtedness, including indebtedness under the senior secured credit facilities bears interest 
at rates that fluctuate with changes in certain short-term prevailing interest rates. As of March 31, 2017, our outstanding borrowings 
under the term loan facility were $1,584.5 million (net of $17.9 million unamortized original issue discount and debt issuance 
costs) and bore an effective interest rate of 3.88%, determined as London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") (subject to a 1.0%
floor) plus an applicable margin of 2.75%.  The weighted-average interest rate for our term loan from the date of its refinancing 
through March 31, 2017, was 3.77% determined as LIBOR (subject to a 1.0% floor) plus an applicable margin of 2.75%.  

In fiscal 2014, we entered into three forward-starting interest rate swaps to hedge the variability in future cash flows 
associated with a portion of the variable-rate term loans. The forward-starting interest rate swaps convert $650.0 million of the 
variable-rate term loans to a weighted average fixed interest rate of 2.55% plus the applicable margin (and inclusive of a 1.0%
LIBOR floor). Those interest rate swaps became effective beginning on September 28, 2015 with a maturity of September 27, 
2018. In fiscal 2015, we entered into two interest rate caps in order to mitigate exposure to increasing interest rates on variable-
rate interest loans. The interest rate caps were effective beginning as of October 24, 2014, with a maturity of October 24, 2018, 
and cap the interest on $750.0 million of our variable-rate interest loans at 3.0%, plus the applicable margin. The existing interest 
rate swaps and interest rate caps together have effectively hedged approximately 87% of our outstanding variable rate term loans 
with a weighted average interest rate that cannot exceed 2.79% plus the applicable margin of 2.75%.

Our net income would be affected by changes in market interest rates on our variable-rate obligations (which comprises 
approximately 98% of our total indebtedness). As discussed above, our term loan facilities are subject to a 1.0% LIBOR floor.  
Therefore, a 100 basis point increase in the March 31, 2017 market interest rate would increase interest expense under our term
loan facility by approximately $9.5 million on an annual basis. An additional 100 basis point increase in the LIBOR rate would 
add approximately $8.4 million of annual interest expense under our term loan facility.

ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

The information with respect to the Company's market risk is contained under the caption "Quantitative and Qualitative 
Disclosures About  Market  Risk"  in  Item  7,  Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of 
Operations.

43

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   43

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

The  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this  Form  10-K  include  the  accounts  of  Rexnord  Corporation  and 

subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company”).

Index to Financial Statements

Rexnord Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Financial Statements
As of March 31, 2017 and 2016 and 
for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015

Reports of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

45

47

48

48

49

50

51

44

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   44

5/23/17   3:46 PM

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Rexnord Corporation 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Rexnord Corporation as of March 31, 2017 and 2016, 
and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each 
of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2017. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15
(a)(2). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to 
express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a 
reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial 
position of Rexnord Corporation at March 31, 2017 and 2016, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for 
each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2017, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 
Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken 
as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States), Rexnord Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2017, based on criteria established in 
Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 
Framework) and our report dated May 17, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for share-
based payments to employees as a result of the adoption of the amendments to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification 
resulting  from Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2016-09,  “Improvements  to  Employee  Share-Based  Payment Accounting,” 
effective April 1, 2016.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP 

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 
May 17, 2017 

45

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   45

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Rexnord Corporation 

We have audited Rexnord Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2017, based on criteria 
established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission (2013 Framework) (the “COSO criteria”). Rexnord Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective 
internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting 
included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is 
to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal 
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal 
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating 
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in 
the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding 
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that 
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions 
of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation 
of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the 
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide 
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, Rexnord Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting 

as of March 31, 2017, based on the COSO criteria. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States), the consolidated balance sheets of Rexnord Corporation as of March 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated 
statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the 
period ended March 31, 2017 of Rexnord Corporation and our report dated May 17, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP 

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 
May 17, 2017

46

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   46

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
Rexnord Corporation and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
(in Millions, except share amounts) 

March 31, 2017

March 31, 2016

Assets
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Receivables, net
Inventories
Other current assets

Total current assets
Property, plant and equipment, net
Intangible assets, net
Goodwill
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and stockholders' equity
Current liabilities:

Current maturities of debt
Trade payables
Compensation and benefits
Current portion of pension and postretirement benefit obligations
Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt
Pension and postretirement benefit obligations
Deferred income taxes
Other liabilities
Total liabilities

Stockholders' equity:

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; shares issued and outstanding: 
103,600,540 at March 31, 2017 and 101,435,762 at March 31, 2016

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; shares of 5.75% Series A Mandatory 
Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding: 402,500 at March 31, 2017 and 0 at March 31, 2016

Additional paid-in capital
Retained deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Total Rexnord stockholders' equity
Non-controlling interest
Total stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

$

$

$

$

490.1
322.9
314.9
50.2
1,178.1
400.9
558.6
1,318.2
83.5
3,539.3

16.5
197.8
54.3
4.3
127.4
400.3

1,606.2
174.4
208.8
79.0
2,468.7

1.0

0.0

1,262.1
(55.5)
(137.0)
1,070.6
—
1,070.6
3,539.3

$

$

$

$

484.6
317.6
327.2
46.7
1,176.1
397.2
520.9
1,193.8
66.8
3,354.8

20.2
200.8
54.0
5.0
124.4
404.4

1,899.9
195.5
186.0
81.0
2,766.8

1.0

—

856.2
(129.6)
(139.0)
588.6
(0.6)
588.0
3,354.8

47

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   47

5/23/17   3:46 PM

Rexnord Corporation and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Operations 
(in Millions, except share and per share amounts)  

March 31, 2017

March 31, 2016

March 31, 2015

Year Ended

Net sales

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Restructuring and other similar charges

Actuarial (gain) loss on pension and postretirement benefit obligations

Amortization of intangible assets

Income from operations

Non-operating (expense) income:

Interest expense, net

Loss on the extinguishment of debt

Other (expense) income, net

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Net income from continuing operations

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net income

Non-controlling interest loss

Net income attributable to Rexnord

Dividends on preferred stock

Net income attributable to Rexnord common stockholders

Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to Rexnord common stockholders:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Net income

Diluted income (loss) per share attributable to Rexnord common stockholders:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Net income

$

1,918.2

$

1,250.2

668.0

413.2

31.6

(2.6)

42.1

183.7

(88.7)

(7.8)

(5.2)

82.0

7.9

74.1

—

74.1

—

74.1

(7.3)

1,923.8

$

1,258.6

665.2

385.7

34.9

12.9

57.4

174.3

(91.4)

—

3.1

86.0

17.1

68.9

(1.4)

67.5

(0.4)

67.9

—

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

66.8

$

67.9

$

0.65

$

— $

0.65

0.64

$

$

— $

0.64

$

0.69

(0.01)

0.67

0.67

(0.01)

0.66

$

$

$

$

$

$

2,050.2

1,304.0

746.2

415.1

12.9

59.4

55.1

203.7

(87.9)

—

(7.2)

108.6

16.8

91.8

(8.0)

83.8

—

83.8

—

83.8

0.90

(0.08)

0.82

0.88

(0.08)

0.80

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (in thousands):

Basic

Effect of dilutive stock options

Diluted

102,753

2,031

104,784

100,841

2,469

103,310

101,530

3,197

104,727

Rexnord Corporation and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) 
(in Millions) 

Net income attributable to Rexnord

Other comprehensive income (loss):

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate derivatives, net of tax

Change in pension and other postretirement defined benefit plans, net of
tax

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

Non-controlling interest loss

Total comprehensive income (loss)

$

$

Year Ended

March 31, 2017

March 31, 2016

March 31, 2015

74.1

$

67.9

$

83.8

(12.8)

7.4

7.4

2.0

—

(10.0)

(4.3)

5.5

(8.8)

(0.4)

76.1

$

58.7

$

(84.3)

(10.9)

(11.2)

(106.4)

—

(22.6)

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

48

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   48

5/23/17   3:46 PM

Rexnord Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(in Millions)

Common
Stock

Preferred
Stock (1)

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Retained
(Deficit)
Earnings

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income

Treasury 
Stock (2)

Non-
controlling 
interest (3)

Total
Stockholders’
(Deficit)
Equity

$

1.0

$

— $

872.7

$

(281.3)

$

(23.8)

$

(6.3)

$

(0.2)

$

562.1

$

$

$

$

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

6.3

1.1

5.8

83.8

—

—

—

83.8

—

—

—

—

(84.3)

(10.9)

(11.2)

(106.4)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

83.8

(84.3)

(10.9)

(11.2)

(22.6)

6.3

1.1

5.8

1.0

$

— $

885.9

$

(197.5)

$

(130.2)

$

(6.3)

$

(0.2)

$

552.7

— $

— $

— $

67.9

$

— $

— $

(0.4)

$

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

7.5

(40.0)

5.1

(6.3)

4.0

—

—

—

67.9

—

—

—

—

—

(10.0)

(4.3)

5.5

(8.8)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

6.3

—

—

—

—

(0.4)

—

—

—

—

—

67.5

(10.0)

(4.3)

5.5

58.7

7.5

(40.0)

5.1

—

4.0

1.0

$

— $

856.2

$

(129.6)

$

(139.0)

$

— $

(0.6)

$

588.0

— $

— $

— $

74.1

$

— $

— $

— $

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(0.9)

389.7

(7.3)

13.4

11.0

—

—

—

74.1

—

—

—

—

—

(12.8)

7.4

7.4

2.0

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0.6

—

—

—

—

74.1

(12.8)

7.4

7.4

76.1

(0.3)

389.7

(7.3)

13.4

11.0

$

1.0

$

0.0

$

1,262.1

$

(55.5)

$

(137.0)

$

— $

— $

1,070.6

Balance at March 31, 2014

Comprehensive income (loss):

Net income

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Unrealized loss on interest rate derivatives, net of
$4.2 million income tax benefit

Change in pension and other postretirement defined
benefit plans, net of $4.3 million income tax benefit

Total comprehensive income (loss)

Stock-based compensation expense

Exercise of stock options

Tax benefit on stock option exercises

Balance at March 31, 2015

Comprehensive income (loss):

Net income

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Unrealized loss on interest rate derivatives, net of 
$2.6 million income tax benefit

Change in pension and other postretirement defined 
benefit plans, net of $3.0 million income tax 
expense

Total comprehensive income (loss)

Stock-based compensation expense

Common stock repurchased and canceled (4)

Exercise of stock options

Cancellation of treasury stock (2)

Tax benefit on stock option exercises

Balance at March 31, 2016

Comprehensive income (loss):

Net income

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Change in unrealized loss on interest rate 
derivatives, net of $4.3 million income tax expense

Change in pension and other postretirement defined 
benefit plans, net of $4.4 million income tax 
expense

Total comprehensive income

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

Preferred stock issuance, net (1)

Preferred stock dividends

Stock-based compensation expense

Exercise of stock options

Balance at March 31, 2017

(1)  On December 7, 2016, the Company issued 8,050,000 depositary shares, each of which represents a 1/20th interest in a share of 5.75% Series A Mandatory Convertible Preferred 

Stock (the "Series A Preferred Stock"), for an offering price of $50 per depository share.  Shares of Series A Preferred Stock have a par value of $0.01 per share.

(2)  During fiscal 2016, the Company canceled all outstanding shares held in treasury stock and returned such shares to the status of authorized but unissued shares.

(3)   Represents a 49% non-controlling interest in a Water Management joint venture. During the first quarter of fiscal 2017, the Company acquired the remaining non-controlling interest 

for a cash purchase price of $0.3 million.  See Note 3 for additional information.

(4)  During fiscal 2016, the Company repurchased and canceled 1,552,500 shares of common stock at a total cost of 40.0 million at an average price of 25.76.  Refer to Note 19 for 

additional information regarding the stock repurchase program.

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

49

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   49

5/23/17   3:46 PM

Rexnord Corporation and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(in Millions)

March 31, 2017

March 31, 2016

March 31, 2015

Year Ended

Operating activities

Net income

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:

$

74.1

$

67.5

$

Depreciation

Amortization of intangible assets

Amortization of deferred financing costs

Non-cash asset impairment

Loss on dispositions of property, plant and equipment

Deferred income taxes

Non-cash charge for disposal of discontinued operations

Actuarial (gain) loss on pension and post retirement benefit obligations

Other non-cash (credits) charges

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Stock-based compensation expense

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Receivables

Inventories

Other assets

Accounts payable

Accruals and other

Cash provided by operating activities

Investing activities

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

Proceeds from dispositions of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from divestiture, net of cash

Cash used for investing activities

Financing activities

Proceeds from borrowings of debt

Repayments of long-term debt

Proceeds from borrowings of short-term debt

Repayments of short-term debt

Payment of debt issuance costs

Deferred acquisition payment

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of direct offering costs

Payment of preferred stock dividends

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

Repurchase of Company common stock

Excess tax benefit on exercise of stock options

Cash provided by (used for) financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

63.3

42.1

2.4

1.5

0.2

(18.4)

—

(2.6)

(1.0)

7.8

13.4

(5.8)

22.5

(9.2)

(5.3)

10.1

195.1

(54.5)

(213.7)

4.2

—

(264.0)

1,590.3

(1,885.8)

16.1

(19.5)

(11.8)

(5.7)

389.7

(4.4)

11.0

—

—

79.9

(5.5)

5.5

$

484.6

490.1

$

58.0

57.4

2.0

17.5

0.6

(13.9)

1.5

12.9

9.6

—

7.5

1.5

37.7

7.5

(32.4)

(15.9)

219.0

(52.1)

1.1

5.8

—

(45.2)

0.9

(19.5)

—

(5.9)

(0.9)

—

—

—

5.1

(40.0)

4.0

(56.3)

(3.2)

114.3

370.3

484.6

$

83.8

57.1

55.1

2.1

—

3.0

(36.9)

9.7

59.4

(9.8)

—

6.4

6.1

(15.2)

0.1

3.7

21.3

245.9

(48.8)

(138.2)

0.5

9.2

(177.3)

0.1

(19.8)

11.5

(16.1)

—

—

—

—

1.1

—

5.8

(17.4)

(19.9)

31.3

339.0

370.3

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

50

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   50

5/23/17   3:46 PM

Rexnord Corporation and Subsidiaries 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
March 31, 2017 

1. Basis of Presentation and Description of Business 

The consolidated financial statements included herein have been prepared by Rexnord Corporation (“Rexnord” or the 
"Company"), in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP") pursuant to the rules 
and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the 
Company and its subsidiaries.  All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In the opinion
of management, the consolidated financial statements include all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the financial 
position and the results of operations for the periods presented. 

The Company 

Rexnord is a growth-oriented, multi-platform industrial company with what it believes to be leading market shares and 
highly-trusted brands that serve a diverse array of global end markets. The Company's heritage of innovation and specification 
have allowed it to provide highly-engineered, mission-critical solutions to customers for decades and affords the privilege of 
having long-term, valued relationships with market leaders. The Company operates in a disciplined way and its Rexnord Business 
System (“RBS”) is the operating philosophy. Grounded in the spirit of continuous improvement, RBS creates a scalable, process-
based framework that focuses on driving superior customer satisfaction and financial results by targeting world-class operating 
performance throughout all aspects of its business.  The Company currently operates its business in two platforms - Process & 
Motion Control and Water Management.

The Process & Motion Control platform designs, manufactures, markets and services a comprehensive range of specified, 
highly-engineered mechanical components used within complex systems where our customers' reliability requirements and costs 
of failure or downtime are high. The Process & Motion Control portfolio includes motion control products, shaft management 
products, aerospace components, and related value-added services.  

The Water Management platform designs, procures, manufactures, and markets products that provide and enhance water 
quality, safety, flow control and conservation. The Water Management product portfolio includes professional grade water control 
and safety, water distribution and drainage, finish plumbing, and site works products for primarily nonresidential buildings and 
flow control products for water and wastewater treatment infrastructure markets. 

 2. Significant Accounting Policies 

Use of Estimates

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  GAAP  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and 
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results 
could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Net sales are recorded upon transfer of title and risk of product loss to the customer. Net sales relating to any particular 
shipment are based upon the amount invoiced for the delivered goods less estimated future rebate payments and sales returns 
which are based upon the Company’s historical experience. Revisions to these estimates are recorded in the period in which the 
facts that give rise to the revision become known; historically, revisions to estimates have not been significant. Other than a standard 
product warranty, there are no other significant post-shipment obligations.

The Company classifies shipping and handling fees billed to customers as net sales and the corresponding costs are 

classified as cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock based compensation in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 
718, Accounting for Stock Compensation ("ASC 718"). ASC 718 requires compensation costs related to stock-based payment 
transactions to be recognized in the financial statements. Generally, compensation cost is measured based on the grant-date fair 
value of the equity instruments issued. Compensation cost is recognized over the requisite service period, generally as the awards 
vest. See further discussion of the Company’s equity plans in Note 15, Stock-Based Compensation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  a  maturity  of  three  months  or  less  to  be  cash  and  cash 

equivalents.

51

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   51

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Receivables

Receivables are stated net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $10.6 million at March 31, 2017 and $8.9 million at 
March 31, 2016. The Company evaluates the collectability of its receivables and establishes the allowance for doubtful accounts 
based on a combination of specific customer circumstances and historical write-off experience. Credit is extended to customers 
based upon an evaluation of their financial position. Generally, advance payment is not required.  Allowances for doubtful accounts  
established are recorded within Selling, general and administrative expenses within the consolidated statements of operations. 

Significant Customers

The  Company’s  largest  customer  accounted  for  8.4%,  8.4%  and  8.9%  of  consolidated  net  sales  for  the  years  ended 
March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Receivables related to this customer at March 31, 2017 and 2016 were $12.3 million
and $8.1 million, respectively.

Inventories

Inventories are comprised of material, direct labor and manufacturing overhead, and are stated at the lower of cost or 
market. Market is determined based on estimated net realizable values. The Company’s total inventories valued using the “last-
in, first-out” (LIFO) method was 60% and 64% at March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. All remaining inventories are valued 
using the “first-in, first-out” (FIFO) method.

In some cases, the Company has determined a certain portion of inventories are excess or obsolete. In those cases, the 
Company writes down the value of those inventories to their net realizable value based upon assumptions about future demand 
and market conditions. If actual market conditions are more or less favorable than those projected by management, adjustments 
to established inventory reserves may be required. The total write-down of inventories charged to expense was $7.6 million, $9.5 
million and $5.2 million, during fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are initially stated at cost. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over 10
to 30 years for buildings and improvements, 5 to 10 years for machinery and equipment and 3 to 5 years for computer hardware 
and software. Where appropriate, the depreciable lives of certain assets may be adjusted to reflect a change in the use of those 
assets,  or  depreciation  may  be  accelerated  in  the  case  of  an  eventual  asset  disposal.    The  Company  recognized  accelerated 
depreciation of $9.6 million, $2.5 million, and zero during fiscal 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. Accelerated depreciation is 
recorded within Cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations. Maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of acquired trademarks and tradenames, customer relationships (including distribution network) 
and patents. The customer relationships, patents, and certain tradenames are being amortized using the straight-line method over 
their estimated useful lives of 7 to 20 years, 3 to 15 years, and 3 to 15 years, respectively. Where appropriate, the lives of certain 
intangible assets may be adjusted to reflect a change in the use of those assets, or amortization may be accelerated in the case of 
a known intangible asset discontinuation.  Goodwill, trademarks and certain tradenames have indefinite lives and are not amortized.   
However, the goodwill and intangible assets are tested annually for impairment using a discounted cash flow and market value 
approach analysis and may be tested more frequently if any triggering events occur that would reduce the recoverability of the 
asset.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The carrying value of long-lived assets, including amortizable intangible assets and tangible fixed assets, are evaluated 
for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the related carrying amounts may not be recoverable. 
Impairment of amortizable intangible assets and tangible fixed assets is generally determined by comparing projected undiscounted 
cash flows to be generated by the asset, or group of assets, to its carrying value. If impairment is identified, a loss is recorded equal 
to the excess of the asset's net book value over its fair value, and the cost basis is adjusted accordingly. The Company recognized 
impairment charges associated with these assets during fiscal 2017 and 2016, in the amount of $1.5 million and $17.5 million, 
respectively.    There  were  no  impairment  charges  impacting  continuing  operations  during  fiscal  2015.    The  impairment  was 
determined utilizing Level 3 inputs within the Fair Value hierarchy, and the Company reviewed and considered input from outside 
specialists, when appropriate.  Refer to Note 13 Fair Value Measurements for additional information. Actual results could vary 
from these estimates.

52

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   52

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Product Warranty

The Company offers warranties on the sales of certain of its products and records an accrual for estimated future claims. 
Such accruals are based upon historical experience and management’s estimate of the level of future claims. The following table 
presents  changes  in  the  Company’s  product  warranty  liability  during  each  of  the  periods  presented  (in  millions):

Year Ended
March 31, 2017

Year Ended
March 31, 2016

Year Ended
March 31, 2015

Balance at beginning of period

Acquired obligations

Charged to operations

Claims settled

Balance at end of period

Income Taxes 

$

$

6.8

0.4

3.9

(3.6)

7.5

$

$

6.8

$

—

2.8

(2.8)

6.8

$

8.0

—

1.8

(3.0)

6.8

The  Company  accounts  for  income  taxes  in  accordance  with ASC  740,  Accounting  for  Income  Taxes  (“ASC  740”). 
Deferred income taxes are provided for future tax effects attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement 
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, net operating losses, tax credits and other applicable 
carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in 
the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be actually paid or recovered. The effect on deferred tax assets and 
liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the results of continuing operations in the period that includes the date of 
enactment. 

The Company regularly reviews its deferred tax assets for recoverability and provides a valuation allowance against its 
deferred tax assets if, based upon consideration of all positive and negative evidence, the Company determines that it is more-
likely-than-not that a portion or all of the deferred tax assets will ultimately not be realized in future tax periods. Such positive 
and negative evidence would include review of historical earnings and losses, anticipated future earnings, the time period over 
which the temporary differences and carryforwards are anticipated to reverse and implementation of feasible, prudent tax planning 
strategies. 

The Company is subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment 
is required in determining the Company’s worldwide provision for income taxes and recording the related deferred tax assets and 
liabilities. In the ordinary course of the Company’s business, there is inherent uncertainty in quantifying the ultimate tax outcome 
of all of the numerous transactions and required calculations relating to the Company’s tax positions. Accruals for unrecognized 
tax benefits are provided for in accordance with the requirements of ASC 740. An unrecognized tax benefit represents the difference 
between the recognition of benefits related to uncertain tax positions for income tax reporting purposes and financial reporting 
purposes. The Company has established a reserve for interest and penalties, as applicable, for uncertain tax positions; it is recorded 
as a component of the overall income tax provision. 

The Company is subject to periodic income tax examinations by domestic and foreign income tax authorities. Although 
the outcome of income tax examinations is always uncertain, the Company believes that it has appropriate support for the positions 
taken on its income tax returns and has adequately provided for potential income tax assessments. Nonetheless, the amounts 
ultimately settled relating to issues raised by the taxing authorities may differ materially from the amounts accrued for each year. 

See Note 17 Income Taxes for additional information.

Per Share Data

Basic  net  income  (loss)  per  share  from  continuing  and  discontinued  operations  attributable  to  Rexnord  common 
stockholders is computed by dividing net income from continuing operations and (loss) from discontinued operations attributable 
to Rexnord common stockholders, respectively, by the corresponding weighted average number of common shares outstanding 
for the period.  Diluted net income (loss) per share from continuing and discontinued operations attributable to Rexnord common 
stockholders is computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding increased by the number of 
incremental shares that would have been outstanding if the potential dilutive shares were issued through the exercise of outstanding 
stock options to purchase common shares, except when the effect would be anti-dilutive. The computation for diluted net income 
per share for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 excludes 4.6 million, 2.9 million and 1.3 million shares due 
to their anti-dilutive effects, respectively.  The computation for diluted net income per share also does not include shares of preferred 
stock that are convertible into a weighted average of 5.8 million common shares for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017.

53

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   53

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the basis for income per share computations (in millions, except share amounts):

Numerator:

Net income from continuing operations

Less: Non-controlling interest loss

Less: Dividends on preferred stock

Income from continuing operations attributable to Rexnord common stockholders

Loss from discontinued operations

Net income attributable to Rexnord common stockholders

Denominator:

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic

Effect of dilutive common shares equivalents

Weighted average common shares outstanding, dilutive

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Year Ended

March 31, 2017 March 31, 2016 March 31, 2015

$

$

74.1

$

68.9

$

—

7.3

66.8

—

(0.4)

—

69.3

(1.4)

66.8

$

67.9

$

91.8

—

—

91.8

(8.0)

83.8

102,753

2,031

104,784

100,841

2,469

103,310

101,530

3,197

104,727

The changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, for the fiscal years ending March 31, 2017, 2016 and 

2015 are as follows (in millions):

Interest Rate
Derivatives

Foreign
Currency
Translation

Pension and
Postretirement
Plans

Total

(1.7)

$

7.8

$

(29.9)

$

Balance at March 31, 2014

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive
loss

Net current period other comprehensive loss

Balance at March 31, 2015

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive
loss

Net current period other comprehensive (loss) income

Balance at March 31, 2016

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive
loss

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)

Balance at March 31, 2017

$

$

$

$

(14.1)

2.9

(11.2)

(41.1)

$

6.7

(1.2)

5.5

(35.6)

$

9.2

(1.8)

7.4

(23.8)

(109.3)

2.9

(106.4)

(130.2)

(7.6)

(1.2)

(8.8)

(139.0)

(2.5)

4.5

2.0

(28.2)

$

(137.0)

(10.9)

—

(10.9)

(12.6)

$

(4.3)

—

(4.3)

(16.9)

$

1.1

6.3

7.4

(9.5)

$

(84.3)

—

(84.3)

(76.5)

(10.0)

—

(10.0)

(86.5)

(12.8)

—

(12.8)

(99.3)

$

$

$

54

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   54

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
The following table summarizes the amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to net income 

during the fiscal years ending March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in millions):

Pension and postretirement plans

Year Ending
March 31, 2017

Year Ending
March 31, 2016

Year Ending
March 31, 2015

Income Statement Line Item

Amortization of prior service credit

$

(1.9)

$

(1.9)

$

Lump Sum Settlement

Curtailment

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

—

(1.0)

1.1

—

—

0.7

Total, net of income taxes

$

(1.8)

$

(1.2)

$

Selling, general and administrative
expenses

(1.7)

Actuarial (gain) loss on pension and
postretirement benefit obligations

6.5

Actuarial (gain) loss on pension and
postretirement benefit obligations

—

(1.9)

2.9

Interest rate derivatives

   Net realized losses on interest rate hedges $

   Benefit for income taxes

Total, net of income taxes

$

Derivative Financial Instruments

10.2

(3.9)

6.3

$

$

— $

—

— $

— Interest expense, net

—

—

The Company is exposed to certain financial risks relating to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest 
rates. The Company selectively uses foreign currency forward contracts and interest rate derivatives to manage its foreign currency 
and interest rate risks. All hedging transactions are authorized and executed pursuant to defined policies and procedures which 
prohibit the use of financial instruments for speculative purposes.

For the derivative instruments designated and qualifying as effective hedging instruments under ASC 815, Accounting 
for  Derivative  Instruments  and  Hedging Activities  ("ASC  815"),  the  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  effective  portion  of  the 
instrument are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss whereas any changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument 
that is not designated or does not qualify as an effective hedge are recorded in other non-operating expense. See Note 12 Derivative 
Financial Instruments for further information regarding the classification and accounting of such instruments.

Financial Instrument Counterparties

The Company is exposed to credit losses in the event of non-performance by counterparties to its financial instruments. 
The Company anticipates, however, that counterparties will be able to fully satisfy their obligations under these instruments. The 
Company places cash and temporary investments and foreign currency and interest rate swap and cap contracts with various high-
quality  financial  institutions. Although  the  Company  does  not  obtain  collateral  or  other  security  to  support  these  financial 
instruments, it does periodically evaluate the credit-worthiness of each of its counterparties.

Foreign Currency Translation

Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries operating outside of the United States with a functional currency other than the U.S. 
dollar are translated into U.S. dollars using exchange rates at the end of the respective period. Revenues and expenses of such
entities are translated at average exchange rates in effect during the respective period. Foreign currency translation adjustments 
are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. The Company periodically enters into foreign currency 
forward contracts to mitigate foreign currency volatility on certain intercompany and external cash flows expected to occur.   See 
Note 12 Derivative Financial Instruments for additional information.  Currency transaction losses are included in other expense
(income), net in the consolidated statements of operations and totaled $3.7 million, $3.0 million and $1.5 million for the years 
ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are charged to selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations 
as incurred and amounted to $10.6 million, $9.2 million, and $10.4 million for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, 
respectively.

55

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   55

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
Research, Development and Engineering Costs

Research, development and engineering costs are charged to selling, general and administrative expenses on the 

consolidated statements of operations as incurred and for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 amounted to the 
following (in millions): 

Research and development costs

Engineering costs

Total

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Year Ended
March 31, 2017

Year Ended
March 31, 2016

Year Ended
March 31, 2015

$

$

11.1

27.2

38.3

$

$

12.4

24.8

37.2

$

$

12.8

26.0

38.8

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and 

temporary investments, forward currency contracts and trade accounts receivable.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In  January 2017,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB")  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update 
("ASU") 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment ("ASU 2017-04"). 
The  amendments  in ASU  2017-04  allow  companies  to  apply  a  one-step  quantitative  test  and  record  the  amount  of  goodwill 
impairment as the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill 
allocated to the reporting unit.  ASU 2017-04 is effective for the beginning of the Company's fiscal 2021, with early adoption 
permitted, and must be applied prospectively. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this standard will have on its 
consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU  2016-09,  Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic  718): Improvements to 
Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting ("ASU 2016-09").  ASU 2016-09 simplifies the accounting for share-based payment 
transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on 
the statement of cash flows.  The Company elected to early adopt this standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2017.  The impact of 
the adoption of this standard resulted in the following:

•  The Company recorded a benefit of $7.6 million within income tax expense for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, 
related to the net excess tax benefit on stock options, restricted stock units and performance stock units.  Prior to adoption, 
these amounts would have been recorded as a reduction of additional paid-in capital.  This change may create volatility 
in the Company's effective tax rate.

•  The Company properly no longer reclassifies the excess tax benefit from operating activities to financing activities in 
the consolidated statements of cash flows.  The Company elected to apply this change prospectively and thus prior periods 
have not been adjusted.  

•  The  Company  excluded  the  excess  tax  benefits  from  the  assumed  proceeds  available  to  repurchase  shares  in  the 
computation of its diluted earnings per share for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017. This increased the diluted weighted 
average common shares outstanding by approximately 0.3 million shares.

In  February  2015,  the  FASB  issued ASU  2016-02,  Leases  (Topic  842)  ("ASU  2016-02''),  which  requires  lessees  to 
recognize lease assets and lease liabilities for all leases on the balance sheets. ASU 2016-02 is effective beginning for the Company's 
fiscal 2020 and interim periods included therein on a modified retrospective basis.  The Company is currently evaluating the impact 
this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements upon adoption. 

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory ("ASU 2015-11"). ASU 
2015-11 requires inventory to be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value, which is defined as the estimated selling 
price in the ordinary course of business less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation.  Under existing 
guidance, net realizable value is one of several calculations needed to measure inventory at lower of cost or market and as such, 
the new guidance reduces the complexity in measurement.  ASU 2015-11 is effective for the Company's first quarter of fiscal 
2018, with early adoption permitted, and must be applied prospectively.  The adoption of ASU 2015-11 is not expected to have 
an impact on the consolidated financial statements.

56

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   56

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-07, Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the 
Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost, which changes how employers that 
sponsor defined benefit pension or other postretirement benefit plans present the net periodic benefit cost in the income statement.  
The new guidance requires the service cost component of net periodic benefit cost to be presented in the same income statement 
line item(s) as other employee compensation costs arising from services rendered during the period with only the service cost 
component eligible for capitalization in assets.  Other components of the net periodic benefit cost are to be stated separately from 
the line item(s) that includes the service cost and outside of operating income.  The standard is required to be adopted for annual 
periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that annual period, which is the Company's fiscal 
year 2019.  The amendment is to be applied retrospectively.  The Company has not yet evaluated the impact of adoption of this 
guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.  

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("ASU 2014-09") in order 
to develop a common revenue standard for U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards.  The guidance specifies 
revenue should be recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration the company expects to be entitled to in exchange for 
the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The guidance provides a five-step process that entities should follow in 
order to achieve that core principal.  ASU 2014-09 will be effective for the Company on April 1, 2018.  Companies can use either 
a full retrospective or modified retrospective method to adopt the standard.  Under the full retrospective method, the requirements 
of the new standard are applied to contracts for each prior reporting period presented and the cumulative effective of applying the 
standard is recognized in the earliest period presented.  Under the modified retrospective method, prior periods are not updated 
to be presented on an accounting basis that is consistent with information for fiscal 2019.  Rather, a cumulative adjustment for the 
effects of applying the new standard to periods prior to fiscal 2019 is recorded to retained earnings as of April 1, 2018.  The 
Company has not yet selected which approach to apply but is anticipating using the modified retrospective approach.  

The Company is assessing the impact of the new standard on its business by reviewing its current accounting policies 
and practices, including detailed reviews of customer contracts, to identify potential differences that would result from applying 
the requirements of the new standard to its revenue contracts.  The Company will provide additional disclosure as its ongoing 
assessment progresses.

3. Acquisitions

Fiscal Year 2017  

On June 1, 2016, the Company acquired Cambridge International Holdings Corp. ("Cambridge") for a cash purchase 
price of $213.4 million.  The purchase price consisted of an enterprise value of $210.0 million, excluding transaction costs and 
net of cash acquired, plus additional consideration of $3.4 million related to the acquisition of certain tax benefits and real property 
classified as held for sale at the acquisition date.  Subsequently, during fiscal 2017 the Company received a cash payment of $0.7 
million from the sellers in connection with finalizing the acquisition date trade working capital, which is reflected in the additional 
consideration above.  Cambridge, with operations in Cambridge, Maryland and Matamoros, Mexico, is one of the world's largest 
suppliers of metal conveying and engineered woven metal solutions, primarily used in food processing end markets, as well as in
architectural, packaging and filtration applications.  The acquisition of Cambridge expanded the Company's presence in consumer-
driven end markets in the Process & Motion Control platform.

The Company's results of operations include the acquired operations subsequent to June 1, 2016.  Pro-forma results of 
operations and certain other U.S. GAAP disclosures related to the Cambridge acquisition have not been presented because they 
are not material to the Company's consolidated statements of operations and consolidated balance sheet.

The acquisition of Cambridge was accounted for as a business combination and recorded by allocating the purchase price 
to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date.  The excess of the acquisition purchase price 
over the fair value assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill.  Since the initial purchase 
price allocation, the Company increased goodwill by $3.1 million in connection with the establishment of income tax positions 
and the refinement of the fair value assigned to acquired fixed and intangible assets within the opening balance sheet, partially 
offset by the aforementioned payment received from the sellers in connection with finalizing the acquisition date trade working 
capital.  After incorporating the changes described above, the purchase price allocation resulted in non-tax deductible goodwill 
of $129.4 million, other intangible assets of $80.6 million (includes tradenames of $16.8 million, customer relationships of $58.3 
million and patents of $5.5 million) and other net assets of $3.4 million.  The purchase price allocation remains preliminary and 
subject to final valuation adjustments that will be completed within the one year period following the acquisition date. 

During  fiscal 2017 the Company acquired the remaining non-controlling interest in a Water Management joint venture
for a cash purchase price of approximately $0.3 million, net of cash acquired and excluding transaction costs.  The acquisition of 
the remaining minority interest was not material to the Company's consolidated statements of operations or financial position.

57

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   57

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal Year 2015 

On January 12, 2015, the Company acquired Euroflex Transmissions (India) Private Limited ("Euroflex") for a cash 
purchase price of $76.0 million. Euroflex, based in Hyderabad, India, is a supplier of high performance disc couplings used in 
power  generation,  gas  compression  and  industrial  process  machinery  applications.   The  acquisition  of  Euroflex  added 
complementary product lines to the Company's existing Process & Motion Control platform.

On October 30, 2014, the Company acquired Tollok S.p.A. ("Tollok"), a supplier of highly engineered shaft locking 
devices for the power generation and process industries, as well as general industrial applications. The purchase price was $39.2 
million, which was comprised of $33.4 million that was paid at closing, $3.4 million of deferred purchase price payable in fiscal 
2017 and additional consideration, not to exceed $3.8 million, in 2 years following the acquisition. During fiscal 2017 the Company 
paid $5.7 million to settle the aforementioned acquisition-related obligations. Tollok, based in Ferrara, Italy, added complementary 
product lines to the Company's existing Process & Motion Control platform.

On April 15,  2014,  the  Company  acquired  Green Turtle Technologies  Ltd.,  Green Turtle Americas  Ltd.  and  Filamat 
Composites Inc. (collectively "Green Turtle") for a total cash purchase price of $27.7 million. Green Turtle, based in Toronto, 
Ontario, and Charlotte, North Carolina, is a manufacturer of branded fiberglass oil and grease separators and traps. This acquisition 
broadened the product portfolio of the Company's existing Water Management platform. 

The Company's results of operations include the acquired operations subsequent to the respective acquisition dates. The 
acquisitions of Green Turtle, Tollok and Euroflex were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  Pro-
forma results of operations and certain other U.S. GAAP disclosures related to the acquisitions during the fiscal year ended March 
31, 2015 have not been presented because they are not significant to the Company's consolidated statements of operations and 
financial position.

The fiscal 2015 acquisitions were accounted for as business combinations and recorded by allocating the purchase price 
of the acquisitions to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the respective acquisition date.  The excess of 
the acquisition purchase price over the fair value assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill. 
During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, the Company adjusted the purchase price allocation by reducing goodwill by $4.8 
million in connection with the finalization of Euroflex and Tollok acquisition date working capital, refinement of the fair value 
assigned  to  acquired  intangible  assets  and  establishment  of  income  tax  positions  within  the  opening  balance  sheet.   After 
incorporating the changes described above, the purchase price allocation resulted in non-tax deductible goodwill of $69.9 million, 
other intangible assets of $71.4 million and other net assets of $1.6 million. 

4. Discontinued Operations

There was no discontinued operations activity during fiscal 2017.  In fiscal 2015 the Company ceased all operations 
related to its former Mill Products business, which conducted its operations in the United States and Australia and was a component 
of the Process & Motion Control operating segment.  As a result, the Company met the criteria to present this business as a 
discontinued operation.  Accordingly, the results of operations of the Mill Products business are reported as discontinued operations 
in the consolidated statements of operations. The consolidated statements of cash flows for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2016
and 2015 have not been adjusted to separately disclose cash flows related to discontinued operations. 

The following table summarizes the results of the Mill Products business included within loss from discontinued 

operations, net of tax on the consolidated statements of operations (in millions):

Net sales

Loss from operations before income taxes

Benefit for income taxes

Net loss from discontinued operations

Net loss per share from discontinued operations:

Basic

Diluted

58

Year Ended

March 31, 2016

March 31, 2015

$

$

$

$

— $

(2.2)

(0.8)

(1.4)

$

(0.01)

(0.01)

$

$

34.1

(10.9)

(2.9)

(8.0)

(0.08)

(0.08)

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   58

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
In exiting the Mill Products business in fiscal 2015, the Company agreed to sell certain assets associated with the business 
for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $9.2 million and the remaining assets and liabilities of the discontinued operation 
were adjusted to reflect their net realizable value.  The exit of Mill Products resulted in the Company recording a net charge of 
$9.7 million, consisting of a $3.8 million impairment loss associated with property, plant and equipment, $4.1 million impairment 
of goodwill allocated to the discontinued operation and other exit related costs of $1.8 million.  

During  fiscal  2016,  the  Company  disposed  most  of  the  assets  originally  classified  as  Other  current  assets  on  the 
consolidated  balance  sheets.    However,  after  actively  marketing  the  remaining  assets  and  not  being  able  to  find  a  buyer,  the 
remaining assets were written off, contributing to the loss from discontinued operations noted above. 

5. Restructuring and Other Similar Charges

During fiscal 2017, the Company continued to execute various restructuring actions. These initiatives were implemented 
to drive efficiencies and reduce operating costs while also modifying the Company's footprint to reflect changes in the markets it 
serves, the impact of acquisitions on the Company's overall manufacturing capacity and the refinement of its overall product 
portfolio.    These  restructuring  actions  primarily  resulted  in  workforce  reductions,  lease  termination  costs,  and  other  facility 
rationalization costs. Management expects to continue executing initiatives to optimize its operating margin and manufacturing 
footprint  as  well  as  select  product-line  rationalizations. As  such,  the  Company  expects  further  expenses  related  to  workforce 
reductions, potential impairment or accelerated depreciation of assets, lease termination costs, and other facility rationalization 
costs. The Company's restructuring plans are preliminary and the full extent of related expenses are not yet estimable. 

The following table summarizes the Company's restructuring and other similar costs incurred during the years ended 

March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 by classification of operating segment (in millions):

Year Ended March 31, 2017

Process & Motion
Control

Water Management

Corporate

Consolidated

Employee termination benefits

Asset impairment charges (1)

Contract termination and other associated costs (2)

Total restructuring and other similar costs

$

$

16.5

1.5

5.4

23.4

$

$

6.2

—

2.0

8.2

$

$

— $

—

—

— $

22.7

1.5

7.4

31.6

Year Ended March 31, 2016

Process & Motion
Control

Water Management

Corporate

Consolidated

Employee termination benefits

Asset impairment charges (1)

Contract termination and other associated costs

Total restructuring and other similar costs

$

$

10.8

$

1.0

0.5

12.3

$

4.2

16.5

1.6

22.3

$

$

0.3

—

—

0.3

$

$

15.3

17.5

2.1

34.9

Year Ended March 31, 2015

Process & Motion
Control

Water Management

Corporate

Consolidated

Employee termination benefits

Contract termination and other associated costs

Total restructuring and other similar costs

$

$

7.6

1.2

8.8

$

$

3.3

0.8

4.1

$

$

— $

—

— $

10.9

2.0

12.9

Restructuring Costs To-date (Period from April 1, 2011 to March 31, 2017)

Process & Motion
Control

Water Management

Corporate

Consolidated

Employee termination benefits

Asset impairment charges

Contract termination and other associated costs

Total restructuring and other similar costs

$

$

44.3

2.5

9.8

56.6

$

$

19.8

16.5

8.3

44.6

$

$

2.0

—

—

2.0

$

$

66.1

19.0

18.1

103.2

(1) 

In connection with the ongoing supply chain optimization and footprint repositioning initiatives, the Company has taken several actions 
to consolidate existing manufacturing facilities and rationalize its product offerings. These actions require the Company to assess 
whether the carrying amount of impacted long-lived assets will be recoverable as well as whether the remaining useful lives require 
adjustment.  The Company recognized impairment charges associated with these assets during fiscal 2017 and 2016, in the amount of 

59

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   59

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
$1.5 million and $17.5 million, respectively. The impairment was determined utilizing independent appraisals of the assets, classified 
as Level 3 inputs within the Fair Value hierarchy.  Refer to Note 13 Fair Value Measurements for additional information. 

(2) 

During fiscal 2017, the Company received a $1.0 million cash payment in connection with the sale of certain Rodney Hunt Fontaine 
("RHF") related intellectual property, which was fully impaired during fiscal 2016 when the Company announced its decision to exit 
the RHF product line.  A gain on the disposition of this intellectual property of $1.0 million was recognized during fiscal 2017 within 
the Water Management operating segment.

The Company evaluated the requirements for discontinued operations presentation in connection with the decision to 
exit its flow-control gate product line and determined the product line did not meet the definition provided within the authoritative 
literature.  Pre-tax loss from operations associated with this non-strategic exit of the RHF product-line were as follows in each of 
the last three fiscal years:

Years Ended
March 31,

Pre-tax Loss

Description

2017

2016

2015

$

$

$

(16.3)

Includes other restructuring charges (primarily severance costs) of $3.8 million

(43.1)

Includes asset impairments described above and other restructuring charges (primarily severance
costs) of $16.5 million and $2.9 million, respectively

(14.0)

Includes other restructuring charges (primarily severance costs) of $2.2 million

The following table summarizes the activity in the Company's accrual for restructuring costs for the fiscal years ended 

March 31, 2017 and 2016 (in millions): 

Employee
termination
benefits

Asset impairment
charges

Contract
termination and
other associated
costs

Total

Accrued Restructuring Costs, March 31, 2015

$

6.7

$

— $

    Charges

    Cash payments

    Non-cash charges

Accrued Restructuring Costs, March 31, 2016 (1)

    Charges

    Cash payments (2)

    Non-cash charges (3)

15.3

(11.5)

—

10.5

22.7

(20.0)

(2.2)

17.5

—

(17.5)

—

1.5

—

(1.5)

Accrued Restructuring Costs, March 31, 2017 (1)

$

11.0

$

— $

0.3

2.1

(2.1)

—

0.3

7.4

(6.7)

—

1.0

$

$

7.0

34.9

(13.6)

(17.5)

10.8

31.6

(26.7)

(3.7)

12.0

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

The restructuring accrual is included in Other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.
Includes the $1.0 million cash payment received in conjunction with the aforementioned disposition of RHF-related intellectual property.
Included in Employee termination benefits for the year ended March 31, 2017 is $2.2 million of contractual termination benefits 
recognized for enhanced benefits that will be provided to certain employees impacted by the ongoing supply chain optimization and 
footprint  repositioning  initiatives.  Those  amounts  are  recorded  in  the  Pension  and  post-retirement  benefit  obligations  within  the 
consolidated  balance  sheets  and  are  therefore  excluded  from  the  restructuring  accrual.  Refer  to  Note  16  Retirement  Benefits  for 
additional information.

6. Recovery Under Continued Dumping and Subsidy Offset Act (“CDSOA”) 

The Company, as a producer of ball bearing products in the U.S., participated in the distribution of monies collected by 
Customs and Border Protection (“CBP”) from anti-dumping cases under the CDSOA. Through its participation the Company 
provided relevant information to CBP regarding historical manufacturing, personnel and development costs for previous calendar 
years. In February 2006, U.S. legislation ended CDSOA distributions to U.S. manufacturers for imports covered by anti-dumping 
duty orders entering the U.S. after September 30, 2007. Because monies were collected by CBP until September 30, 2007 and for 
prior year entries, the Company has received periodic recoveries. 

In connection with this program, beginning in 2006, CBP began to withhold amounts that would have otherwise been 
distributed as a result of pending litigation challenging past and future distributions and the administrative operation of the law.  
Beginning in fiscal 2013, CBP began to distribute these withheld funds to domestic producers. In connection with the distribution 
of these withheld funds, the Company received a distribution of $8.4 million during fiscal 2016 from CBP, which was recorded 
within Other (expense) income, net on the consolidated statements of operations.  The Company did not receive any distributions 
in fiscal 2017 or 2015. As a result of still-pending litigation, the Company cannot reasonably estimate the amount of CDSOA 
payments, if any, that it may receive in future years and/or whether it will be required to repay any previously received distributions.

60

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   60

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
7. Inventories 

The major classes of inventories are summarized as follows (in millions): 

Finished goods

Work in progress

Purchased components

Raw materials

Inventories at First-in, First-Out ("FIFO") cost

Adjustment to state inventories at Last-in, First-Out ("LIFO") cost

8. Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment, net is summarized as follows (in millions):

Land

Buildings and improvements

Machinery and equipment

Hardware and software

Construction in-progress

Less accumulated depreciation

March 31,

2017

2016

$

139.9

$

44.4

74.0

47.7

306.0

8.9

$

314.9

$

148.4

55.3

67.6

49.3

320.6

6.6

327.2

March 31,

2017

2016

$

$

32.2

239.0

391.0

68.9

19.8

750.9

(350.0)

$

400.9

$

31.2

210.8

401.0

65.4

37.6

746.0

(348.8)

397.2

9. Goodwill and Intangible Assets  

The changes in the net carrying value of goodwill for the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 by operating segment, 

consisted of the following (in millions):  

 Net carrying amount as of March 31, 2015

 Purchase price allocation adjustments

 Currency translation adjustment and other

 Net carrying amount as of March 31, 2016

 Acquisitions (1)

 Currency translation adjustment and other

 Net carrying amount as of March 31, 2017

______________________

(1)  Refer to Note 3 for additional information regarding acquisitions. 

 Goodwill

 Process & Motion
Control

 Water Management

 Consolidated

$

$

$

949.9

$

252.4

$

(4.8)

(2.7)

942.4

$

129.4

(3.0)

1,068.8

$

—

(1.0)

251.4

$

—

(2.0)

249.4

$

1,202.3

(4.8)

(3.7)

1,193.8

129.4

(5.0)

1,318.2

61

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   61

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for each major class of identifiable intangible assets as of 

March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016 consisted of the following (in millions):  

Intangible assets subject to amortization:

Patents

Customer relationships (including distribution network)

Tradenames

Intangible assets not subject to amortization - trademarks and tradenames

Total intangible assets, net

Intangible assets subject to amortization:

Patents

Customer relationships (including distribution network)

Tradenames

Intangible assets not subject to amortization - trademarks and tradenames

Total intangible assets, net

Weighted
Average Useful
Life

Gross Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net Carrying
Amount

March 31, 2017

10 years

13 years

12 years

13 years

$

$

47.0

$

(37.7) $

685.8

29.5

314.5

(475.2)

(5.3)

—

1,076.8

$

(518.2) $

9.3

210.6

24.2

314.5

558.6

Weighted
Average Useful
Life

Gross Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net Carrying
Amount

March 31, 2016

10 years

13 years

8 years

12 years

$

$

41.3

$

(34.6) $

628.4

12.7

315.7

(439.6)

(3.0)

—

998.1

$

(477.2) $

6.7

188.8

9.7

315.7

520.9

Intangible asset amortization expense totaled $42.1 million, $57.4 million and $55.1 million for the years ended March 31, 
2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  Patents, tradenames, and customer relationships acquired during fiscal 2017 were assigned a 
weighted-average useful life of 10 years, 15 years, and 16 years, respectively. 

The Company expects to recognize amortization expense on the intangible assets subject to amortization of $32.2 million
in fiscal year 2018, $32.0 million in fiscal year 2019, $31.8 million in fiscal year 2020, $30.4 million in fiscal year 2021, and 
$26.1 million in fiscal year 2022.

During fiscal 2016, in connection with the exit of the RHF product line, the Company recognized $10.4 million, $0.3 
million, and $0.2 million of impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets, customer relationships and patents, respectively, 
Refer to Note 5 Restructuring and Other Similar Charges for additional information.

During  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2017,  the  Company  completed  the  testing  of  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets 
(tradenames) and goodwill for impairment in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other. The fair value of the 
Company's  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  and  reporting  units  were  primarily  estimated  using  an  income  valuation  model 
(discounted cash flow) and market approach (guideline public company comparables), which indicated that the fair value of the 
Company's indefinite-lived intangible assets and reporting units exceeded their carrying value; therefore, no impairment was 
present. Total cumulative goodwill impairment charges as of March 31, 2017 and 2016 was $323.4 million.  

62

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   62

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
10. Other Current Liabilities 

Other current liabilities are summarized as follows (in millions): 

March 31, 2017

March 31, 2016

Customer advances

Sales rebates

Commissions

Restructuring and other similar charges (1)

Product warranty (2)

Risk management (3)

Legal and environmental

Taxes, other than income taxes

Income taxes payable

Interest payable

Other

$

$

10.9

25.5

6.3

12.0

7.5

8.9

4.4

10.5

17.8

5.7

17.9

____________________
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

See more information related to the restructuring obligations balance within Note 5.
See more information related to the product warranty obligations balance within Note 2.
Includes projected liabilities related to losses arising from automobile, general and product liability claims. 

$

127.4

$

11. Long-Term Debt  

Long-term debt is summarized as follows (in millions): 

8.3

28.2

7.9

10.8

6.8

9.9

4.6

6.6

15.0

5.6

20.7

124.4

Term loans (1)

Other subsidiary debt (2)

Total

Less current maturities

Long-term debt

March 31, 2017

March 31, 2016

$

$

1,584.5

$

38.2

1,622.7

16.5

1,606.2

$

1,881.0

39.1

1,920.1

20.2

1,899.9

____________________
(1) 

Includes an unamortized original issue discount and debt issuance costs of $17.9 million and $20.2 million at March 31, 2017 and 
March 31, 2016, respectively. 
Includes unamortized debt issuance costs of $0.5 million and $0.6 million at March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016, respectively. 

(2) 

Senior Secured Credit Facility 

Term Debt 

During fiscal 2017, the Company entered into an Incremental Assumption Agreement (the “Term Debt Agreement”) with 
Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as the refinancing term lender, relating 
to the Third Amended and Restated First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2013 (the “Existing Agreement”). The 
Existing Agreement was funded by a syndicate of banks and other financial institutions and included a $1,950.0 million term loan 
facility (the “Prior Term Loan”).

The Term Debt Agreement provided for a new term loan in the aggregate principal amount of $1,606.4 million (the “Term 
Refinancing Loan”). The proceeds were used to repay in full the then-outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Prior Term 
Loan. Prior to that repayment in fiscal 2017, the Company made two voluntary prepayments on the Prior Term Loan aggregating 
$290.0 million: $195.0 million in the third quarter of fiscal 2017, in connection with the issuance of Series A Preferred Stock (see 
Note 19 Public Offering and Common Stock Repurchases) and $95.0 million during the first quarter of fiscal 2017.

In accordance with ASC 470-50, Debt Modifications and Extinguishments (“ASC 470-50”) the Company recognized a 
$7.8 million loss on the debt extinguishment associated with the above transactions, which was comprised of $5.4 million of 
refinancing related costs, as well as a non-cash write-off of unamortized original issue discount and debt issuance costs associated 
with previously outstanding debt of $2.4 million.  Additionally, the Company capitalized approximately $4.1 million of direct 
costs associated with the Term Refinancing Loan, which will be amortized over the life of the Term Refinancing Loan as interest 
expense using the effective interest method.

63

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   63

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
The Term Refinancing Loan has a maturity date of August 21, 2023. The borrowings under the Term Refinancing Loan 
bear interest at either the London Interbank Offered Rate or LIBOR (subject to a 1.0% floor) plus an applicable margin of 2.75%
(which was reduced from 3.0%) or at an alternate base rate plus an applicable margin of 1.75% (which remained unchanged). The 
maturity date and interest rate with respect to the existing $265.0 million revolving credit facility under the Existing Agreement 
were  unchanged  by  the Term  Debt Agreement. At  March 31,  2017,  the  borrowings  under  the Term  Refinancing  Loan  had  a 
weighted-average effective interest rate of 3.88%, determined as LIBOR (subject to a 1.0% floor) plus an applicable margin of 
2.75%.  The weighted-average interest rate for the period that the Term Refinancing Loan has been in place through March 31, 
2017, was 3.77% determined as LIBOR (subject to a 1.0% floor) plus an applicable margin of 2.75%. 

As of March 31, 2017, the remaining mandatory principal payments prior to maturity on the Term Refinancing Loan 
were $100.4 million. Principal payments of $4.0 million are scheduled to be made at the end of each calendar quarter until August 
21, 2023, after which the entire term facility matures. 

As of March 31, 2017, the Company was in compliance with all applicable covenants under its Term Refinancing Loan, 
including the maximum permitted total net leverage ratio (the Company's sole financial maintenance covenant under its revolving
credit facility discussed below) of 6.75 to 1.0.  The Company's total net leverage ratio was 3.33 to 1.0 as of March 31, 2017. 

Revolving Credit Facility 

The Existing Agreement also included a $265.0 million revolving credit facility. During fiscal 2017, the Company entered 
into an Incremental Assumption Agreement (the “Revolver Extension Agreement”) with Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent, 
and with the other lenders party thereto relating to the Existing Agreement.  The Revolver Extension Agreement amended the 
Existing Agreement to (i) reduce the applicable margin on both alternate base rate ("ABR") and Eurocurrency loans by 1.0%, (ii) 
extend the revolving facility maturity date to March 15, 2019, (iii) modify the financial covenant of the Existing Agreement by 
eliminating the springing nature of the covenant, and substituting a Total Net Leverage Ratio of 6.75 to 1.0 for the current Net 
First Lien Leverage Ratio of 7.75 to 1.0, and (iv) reduce the letter of credit availability from $80.0 million to $60.0 million (without 
reducing the overall availability under the Existing Agreement).  The Company incurred approximately $2.2 million of transaction 
related costs in connection with the Revolver Extension Agreement, which will be recognized as interest expense over the remaining 
tenure of the amended facility.

For revolving commitments, the Company's applicable margin above the base rate is 2.00% in the case of ABR borrowings 
and 3.00% in the case of Eurocurrency borrowings, subject to a net first lien leverage test.  In the event the Company's net first 
lien leverage ratio is less than 1.5 to 1.0, its applicable margin on both ABR and Eurocurrency borrowings would decrease by 
twenty-five (25) basis points.  The Company's actual first lien leverage ratio was 3.33 to 1.0 as of March 31, 2017.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal, the Company is subject to a commitment fee to the lenders under 

the revolving credit facility with respect to the unutilized commitments thereunder at a rate equal to 0.50% per annum.

No amounts were borrowed under the revolving credit facility at March 31, 2017 or 2016; however, $14.6 million and 
$21.1 million of the revolving credit facility were considered utilized in connection with outstanding letters of credit at March 31, 
2017 and 2016, respectively. 

Other Subsidiary Debt

During fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, the Company received $4.3 million and $5.5 million, respectively, in net proceeds 
from  financing  agreements  related  to  facility  modernization  projects  at  two  North American  manufacturing  facilities.  These 
financing agreements were structured with unrelated third party financial institutions (the "Investor") and their wholly-owned 
community development entities in connection with the Company's participation in transactions qualified under the federal New 
Market Tax Credit program, pursuant to Section 45D of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  Through its participation 
in this program, the Company has secured low interest financing and the potential for future debt forgiveness related to eligible 
capital projects. Upon closing of these transactions, the Company provided an aggregate of $27.6 million to the Investor, in the 
form of loans receivable, with a term of thirty years, bearing an interest rate of approximately 2.0% per annum. As collateral for 
these loans, the Company has granted a security interest in the assets acquired with the loan proceeds. No earlier than December 
2018, and upon meeting certain conditions, both the Investor and the Company have the ability to trigger forgiveness of the net 
debt which could result in a gain of up to $9.8 million, excluding applicable transaction costs and unamortized debt issuance costs. 
To the extent the loans payable are not forgiven, the Company would be required to repay the full amount of the outstanding $37.4 
million principal balance and would concurrently receive a loan repayment of $27.6 million on the aforementioned loans receivable, 
resulting in a net $9.8 million use of liquidity.

At March 31, 2017 and 2016, the aggregate loans of $36.9 million, net of debt issuance costs, are recorded in Long-Term 
Debt on the consolidated balance sheets and the aggregate loans receivable of $27.6 million are recorded in Other Assets on the 
consolidated balance sheets. 

64

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   64

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At March 31, 2017 and 2016, in addition to the aforementioned New Market Tax Credit, various wholly owned subsidiaries 
had additional debt of $1.4 million and $2.3 million, respectively, comprised primarily of borrowings at various foreign subsidiaries 
and capital lease obligations.

Accounts Receivable Securitization Program 

During fiscal 2016, the Company entered into an Omnibus Amendment (the "Omnibus Amendment") which extended 
the maturity of the Company's accounts receivable securitization facility (the “Securitization”) with Wells Fargo & Company 
("Wells Fargo"). (Terms of the Securitization remained comparable to the agreement prior to the Omnibus Amendment, except as 
set forth below.) 

Pursuant to the agreements evidencing the Securitization, Rexnord Funding LLC ("Rexnord Funding") (a wholly owned 
bankruptcy-remote special purpose subsidiary) has granted Wells Fargo a security interest in all of its current and future receivables 
and related assets in exchange for a credit facility permitting borrowings of up to a maximum aggregate amount of $100.0 million
outstanding from time to time. Such borrowings are used by Rexnord Funding to finance purchases of accounts receivable. The 
amount of advances available will be determined based on advance rates relating to the eligibility of the receivables held by 
Rexnord Funding at that time. Advances will bear interest based on LIBOR plus 1.75%. The last date on which advances may be 
made is December 30, 2020 unless the maturity of the Securitization is otherwise accelerated.  In addition to other customary fees 
associated with financings of this type, Rexnord Funding will also pay an unused line fee to Wells Fargo based on any unused 
portion of the Securitization facility.  If the average daily outstanding principal amount during a calendar month is less than 50%
of the average daily aggregate commitment in effect during such month, the unused line fee will be 0.50% per annum; otherwise, 
it will be 0.375% per annum.  

The Securitization constitutes a “Permitted Receivables Financing” under Article 1 and Article 6 of the Credit Agreement 
and does not qualify for sale accounting under ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing.  Any borrowings under the Securitization are 
accounted  for  as  secured  borrowings  on  the  Company's    consolidated  balance  sheet.    Financing  costs  associated  with  the 
Securitization are recorded within "Interest expense, net" in the consolidated statements of operations if revolving loans or letters 
of credit are obtained under the facility.  

At March 31, 2017, the Company's available borrowing capacity under the Securitization was $100.0 million, based on 
the  current  accounts  receivables  balance.  No  amounts  were  borrowed  under  the  Securitization  at  March 31,  2017  and  2016; 
however, $4.6 million and zero was considered utilized in connection with outstanding letters of credit at March 31, 2017 and 
2016, respectively.  As of March 31, 2017, the Company was in compliance with all applicable covenants and performance ratios 
contained in the Securitization. 

Future Debt Maturities

Future maturities of debt as of March 31, 2017, excluding the unamortized original issue discount and debt issuance costs 

of $18.4 million, were as follows (in millions):

Years ending March 31:

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Thereafter

$

$

16.5

16.4

30.3

16.4

16.1

1,545.4

1,641.1

Cash interest paid for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $84.9 million, $87.7 million, and $84.1 

million, respectively.

12. Derivative Financial Instruments  

The Company is exposed to certain financial risks relating to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company 
currently selectively uses foreign currency forward exchange contracts to manage its foreign currency risk. All hedging transactions 
are authorized and executed pursuant to defined policies and procedures that prohibit the use of financial instruments for speculative 
purposes.

65

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   65

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign Exchange Contracts

The Company periodically enters into foreign currency forward contracts to mitigate the foreign currency volatility relative 
to certain intercompany cash flows expected to occur.  These foreign currency forward contracts were not accounted for as cash 
flow hedges in accordance with ASC 815, and as such were marked to market through earnings. See the amounts recorded on the 
consolidated balance sheets and recognized within the consolidated statements of operations related to the Company's foreign 
currency forward contracts within the tables below.

Interest Rate Derivatives

The Company utilizes three interest rate swaps to hedge the variability in future cash flows associated with a portion of 
the Company’s variable-rate term loans. The interest rate swaps, which became effective on September 28, 2015, convert $650.0 
million of the Company’s variable-rate term loans to a weighted average fixed interest rate of 2.55% plus the applicable margin 
(inclusive of a 1.0%  LIBOR floor). The interest rate swaps have been designated as cash flow hedges in accordance with ASC 815 
and will mature on September 27, 2018. 

In addition, the Company utilizes two interest rate caps to further mitigate the Company's exposure to increasing interest 
rates on its variable-rate interest loans. Those interest rate caps were effective beginning as of October 24, 2014, with a maturity 
of October 24, 2018; they cap the interest on $750.0 million of the Company's variable-rate interest loans at 3.0%, plus the applicable 
margin.  In executing the interest rate caps, the Company paid a premium of $5.8 million. The interest rate caps have been designated 
as cash flow hedges in accordance with ASC 815.  When combined with the Company's existing interest rate swaps, the Company 
has hedged approximately 87% of its outstanding variable rate term loans with a weighted average interest rate that cannot exceed 
2.79%  plus the applicable margin of 2.75%.    

The  fair  values  of  the  Company's  interest  rate  derivatives  are  recorded  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  with  the 
corresponding offset recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax. See the amounts recorded on 
the consolidated balance sheets related to the Company's interest rate derivatives within the tables below.

The  Company's  derivatives  are  measured  at  fair  value  in  accordance  with ASC  820,  Fair  Value  Measurements  and 
Disclosure (“ASC 820”). See Note 13 for more information as it relates to the fair value measurement of the Company's derivative 
financial instruments. The following tables indicate the location and the fair value of the Company's derivative instruments within 
the consolidated balance sheets segregated between designated, qualifying ASC 815 hedging instruments and non-qualifying, non-
designated hedging instruments.

Fair value of derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815 (in millions):

Interest rate swaps

Interest rate caps

March 31, 2017

March 31, 2016

Balance Sheet
Classification

$

$

Liability Derivatives

10.3

$

21.8 Other liabilities

Asset Derivatives

— $

0.3 Other assets

Fair value of derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815 (in millions): 

Foreign currency forward contracts

$

0.1

$

0.9

 Other current liabilities

March 31, 2017

March 31, 2016

Liability Derivatives

Balance Sheet
Classification

The following tables indicate the location and the amount of losses and gains associated with the Company's derivative 
instruments, net of tax, within the consolidated balance sheets (for qualifying ASC 815 instruments) and recognized within the 
consolidated statements of operations.  The information is segregated between designated, qualifying ASC 815 hedging instruments 
and non-qualifying, non-designated hedging instruments (in millions). As of March 31, 2017, there was no ineffectiveness on the 
Company's designated hedging instruments.  

66

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   66

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedging relationships under ASC 815

March 31, 2017

March 31, 2016

Cumulative loss recognized, net of
tax, in accumulated other
comprehensive loss on derivatives

Interest rate swaps

Interest rate caps

Derivative instruments not designated as
hedging instruments under ASC 815

Location of gain recognized in income on
derivatives

$

$

6.4

3.1

$

$

13.5

3.4

Amount recognized in other (expense) income, net

Year Ended

March 31, 2017

March 31, 2016

March 31, 2015

Foreign currency forward contracts

Other (expense) income, net

$

0.3

$

— $

0.5

During fiscal 2017 and 2016, the Company reclassified $10.2 million and $5.2 million of accumulated other comprehensive 
loss into earnings as interest expense related to interest rate derivatives, respectively.  The Company did not reclassify any amounts 
from other comprehensive loss into earnings as interest expense during fiscal year 2015.  The Company expects to reclassify $10.3 
million of accumulated other comprehensive loss into earnings as interest expense during the next twelve months. 

13. Fair Value Measurements 

ASC 820 defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an 
exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. 
ASC 820 also specifies a fair value hierarchy based upon the observability of inputs used in valuation techniques. Observable 
inputs (highest level) reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs (lowest level) reflect 
internally developed assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use. 

In accordance with ASC 820, fair value measurements are classified under the following hierarchy: 

•  Level 1- Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets. 
•  Level 2- Quoted prices for similar instruments; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not 

active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs or significant value-drivers are observable. 

•  Level 3- Model-derived valuations in which one or more inputs or value-drivers are both significant to the fair value 

measurement and unobservable.

If applicable, the Company uses quoted market prices in active markets to determine fair value, and therefore classifies 
such measurements within Level 1. In some cases where market prices are not available, the Company makes use of observable 
market based inputs to calculate fair value, in which case the measurements are classified within Level 2. If quoted or observable 
market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that use, where possible, current market-
based parameters. These measurements are classified within Level 3 if they use significant unobservable inputs. 

Fair Value of Derivative Instruments

The Company transacts in foreign currency forward contracts and interest rate swaps and caps, which are impacted by 
ASC 820. The fair value of foreign currency forward contracts is based on a pricing model that utilizes the differential between 
the contract price and the market-based forward rate as applied to fixed future deliveries of currency at pre-designated settlement 
dates. The fair value of interest rate swaps and caps is based on pricing models. These models use discounted cash flows that 
utilize the appropriate market-based forward swap curves and interest rates.

The Company endeavors to utilize the best available information in measuring fair value. As required by ASC 820, 
financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value 
measurement.  The Company has determined that its foreign currency forward contracts and interest rate swaps reside within Level 
2 of the fair value hierarchy. There were no transfers of assets between levels during the years ended March 31, 2017 and March 31, 
2016.  

67

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   67

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
The following table provides a summary of the Company's assets and liabilities that were recognized at fair value on a 

recurring basis as of March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016 (in millions): 

Assets:

Interest rate caps

Total assets at fair value

Liabilities:

Interest rate swaps

Foreign currency forward contracts

Total liabilities at fair value

Assets:

Interest rate caps

Total assets at fair value

Liabilities:

Interest rate swaps

Foreign currency forward contracts

Total liabilities at fair value

Fair Value as of March 31, 2017

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

$

$

$

$

—

—

—

—

—

$

$

0.0

0.0

10.3

0.1

10.4

$

— $

—

—

—

$

— $

0.0

0.0

10.3

0.1

10.4

Fair Value as of March 31, 2016

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

—

—

—

—

—

$

$

0.3

0.3

21.8

0.9

22.7

$

— $

—

—

—

$

— $

0.3

0.3

21.8

0.9

22.7

Fair Value of Non-Derivative Financial Instruments 

The carrying amounts of cash, receivables, payables and accrued liabilities approximated fair value at March 31, 2017
and March 31, 2016 due to the short-term nature of those instruments. The fair value of long-term debt recorded on the consolidated 
balance sheets as of March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016 was approximately $1,644.6 million and $1,913.2 million, respectively.  
The fair value is based on quoted market prices for the same issues. 

Long-lived Assets and Intangible Assets

Long-lived assets (which include property, plant and equipment and real estate) may be measured at fair value if such 
assets  are  held-for-sale  or  when  there  is  a  determination  that  the  asset  is  impaired.  Intangible  assets  (which  include  patents, 
tradenames, customer relationships, and non-compete agreements) also may be measured at fair value when there is a determination 
that the asset is impaired. The determination of fair value for these assets is based on the best information available that resides 
within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, including internal cash flow estimates discounted at an appropriate interest rate, quoted 
market prices when available, market prices for similar assets and independent appraisals, as appropriate. For real estate, cash 
flow  estimates  are  based  on  current  market  estimates  that  reflect  current  and  projected  lease  profiles  and  available  industry 
information about expected trends in rental, occupancy and capitalization rates. 

As discussed in Note 5 Restructuring and Other Similar Charges, during fiscal 2017 and 2016, the Company impaired 
certain property, plant and equipment associated with the Company's supply chain optimization and footprint optimization actions.  
Net realizable value of these assets was determined using independent appraisals of the assets, classified as Level 3 inputs within 
the fair value hierarchy.  As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, these assets have a net realizable value of $7.0 million and $5.3 million, 
respectively.  During fiscal 2017, the Company sold approximately $3.4 million of these assets upon completion of the remaining 
backlog associated with the Rodney Hunt Fontaine flow control gate product line.  

68

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   68

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
14. Leases 

The  Company  leases  manufacturing  and  warehouse  facilities  and  data  processing  and  other  equipment  under  non-
cancelable operating leases which expire at various dates primarily through 2027. Rent expense under operating leases totaled 
$20.7 million, $18.2 million and $19.4 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Future minimum rental payments for operating leases with initial terms in excess of one year as of March 31, 2017 are 

as follows (in millions):

Years ending March 31:

2018 $

2019

2020

2021

2022

Thereafter

$

17.5

14.7

12.8

7.4

6.7

18.2

77.3

15. Stock-Based Compensation   

In accordance with ASC 718, the Company recognizes compensation costs related to share-based payment transactions. 
Generally, compensation cost is measured based on the grant-date fair value of the equity instruments issued. Compensation cost
is recognized over the requisite service period, generally as the awards vest.

In fiscal 2007, the Board of Directors adopted, and stockholders approved, the 2006 Stock Option Plan (the "Prior Plan"), 
under which the Company could issue stock options.  No further options may be granted under the Prior Plan. In fiscal 2012, the 
Board of Directors adopted, and stockholders approved, the Rexnord Corporation Performance Incentive Plan (the "Plan" and 
together with the Prior Plan, the "Incentive Plans"), which operates as a successor plan to the Prior Plan. The Plan, as amended 
and restated effective May 18, 2016 following subsequent stockholder approval, is utilized to provide performance incentives to
the Company's officers, employees, directors and certain others by permitting grants of equity awards (for common stock), as well 
as performance-based cash awards, to such persons, to encourage them to maximize Rexnord's performance and create value for 
Rexnord's stockholders. To date, stock options, Restricted Stock Units ("RSUs") and Performance Stock Units ("PSUs") have 
been issued under the Incentive Plans. 

The options granted under the Plan have a maximum term of ten years after the grant date. Options granted from the 
inception of the Plan through July 31, 2014 vest 50% three years after the grant date and the remaining 50% vest five years after 
the grant date. Options and RSUs granted from July 31, 2014 through May 21, 2015 vest ratably over four years.  Options and 
RSUs granted subsequent to May 21, 2015 generally vest ratably over 3 years.  PSUs granted in fiscal 2017 and 2016 cliff vest 
after 3 years. 

The Plan permits the grant of awards that may deliver up to an aggregate of 12,150,000 shares of common stock further 
subject to limits on the number of shares that may be delivered pursuant to incentive stock options and on the shares that may be 
delivered on the awards that are performance-based awards within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, 
to any individual in a single year. The Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee.  

During fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded $13.4 million, $7.5 million and $6.4 million of stock-based 
compensation expense, respectively (the related tax benefit on these amounts was $4.7 million for fiscal 2017, $2.8 million for 
fiscal 2016, and $2.2 million for fiscal 2015). During fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company also recorded $8.3 million, $4.0 
million and $5.8 million, respectively, of an excess tax benefit related to stock options exercised during each fiscal year. See Note 
2 regarding the change in accounting for excess tax benefits in fiscal 2017.  As of March 31, 2017, there was $25.9 million of total 
unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options, RSUs and PSUs granted under the Plan. That cost is expected 
to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.93 years.  

69

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   69

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock Options

The fair value of each option granted under the Incentive Plans was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes 

valuation model that uses the following weighted-average assumptions:

Expected option term (in years)

Expected volatility factor

Weighted-average risk free interest rate

Expected dividend rate

Years Ended

March 31, 2017

March 31, 2016

March 31, 2015

6.5

29%

1.58%

0.0%

6.5

24%

1.82%

0.0%

7.1

26%

2.10%

0.0%

Management’s estimate of the option term for options granted under the Incentive Plans is 6.5 years based on the midpoint 
between when the options vest and when they expire. The Company uses the simplified method to determine the expected term, 
as management does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected 
term due to the limited period of time its common stock shares have been publicly traded. The Company’s expected volatility 
assumptions are based on the expected volatilities of publicly-traded companies within the Company’s industry. The weighted 
average risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the date of grant. Management also assumes 
expected dividends of zero. The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted under the Incentive Plans during fiscal 
2017, 2016 and 2015 was $6.41, $6.92 and $9.21, respectively. The total fair value of options vested during fiscal 2017, 2016 and 
2015 was $5.8 million, $9.8 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

A summary of stock option activity during fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

March 31, 2017

Years Ended

March 31, 2016

March 31, 2015

Shares

7,854,685

2,602,014

(2,116,571)

(569,458)

7,770,670

3,221,622

Weighted
Avg. Exercise
Price

$

$

$

15.10

19.72

5.18

23.34

18.73

15.25

Shares

8,588,518

1,072,556

(1,278,017)

(528,372)

7,854,685

4,678,216

Weighted
Avg. Exercise
Price

$

$

$

13.04

24.14

5.55

23.53

15.10

9.52

Shares

8,652,834

1,268,124

(743,807)

(588,633)

8,588,518

4,798,457

Weighted
Avg. Exercise
Price

$

$

$

10.79

28.30

5.85

21.65

13.04

5.67

Number of shares under options:

Outstanding at beginning of period

Granted

Exercised (1)

Canceled/Forfeited

Outstanding at end of period (2)

Exercisable at end of period (3)

______________________
(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $29.1 million, $16.3 million and $16.7 million, 
respectively.
The weighted average remaining contractual life of options outstanding was 6.6 years at March 31, 2017, 5.0 years at March 31, 2016
and 5.0 years at March 31, 2015. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding at March 31, 2017 was $40.3 million.
The weighted average remaining contractual life of options exercisable was 4.6 years at March 31, 2017, 3.0 years at March 31, 2016
and 2.6 years at March 31, 2015. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercisable at March 31, 2017 was $27.9 million.

Nonvested options at beginning of period

Granted

Vested

Canceled/Forfeited

Nonvested options at end of period

70

Weighted
Avg.
Exercise
Price

23.30

19.72

23.69

23.14

21.20

Shares

3,176,469

$

2,602,014

(749,416)

(480,019)

4,549,048

$

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   70

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
Restricted Stock Units

During fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 the Company granted restricted stock units ("RSUs") to certain of its officers, directors, 
and employees.  The fair value of each award is determined based on the Company's closing stock price on the date of grant.  A 
summary of RSU activity during fiscal 2017, 2016, and 2015 is as follows:

March 31, 2017

Weighted
Avg. Grant
Date Fair
Value

Units

Years Ended

March 31, 2016

March 31, 2015

Weighted
Avg. Grant
Date Fair
Value

Units

Weighted
Avg. Grant
Date Fair
Value

Units

Nonvested RSUs at beginning of period

125,307

$

Granted

Vested

Canceled/Forfeited

279,445

(48,207)

(34,403)

Nonvested RSUs at end of period

322,142

$

24.67

19.53

24.01

22.00

20.59

53,813

$

96,952

(12,866)

(12,592)

125,307

$

29.06

23.20

29.09

27.62

24.67

— $

58,883

—

(5,070)

53,813

$

—

29.08

—

29.31

29.06

Performance Stock Units

During  fiscal  2017  and  2016,  the  Company  granted  performance  stock  units  (“PSUs”)  to  certain  of  its  officers  and 
employees. Those PSUs have a three-year performance period, and are earned and vest, subject to continued employment, based 
in part on performance relative to metrics determined by the Compensation Committee. The number of performance share awards 
earned, which can range between 0% and 200% of the target awards granted depending on the Company's actual performance 
during the three-year performance period, will be satisfied with Rexnord common stock. A summary of PSU activity during fiscal 
2017 and 2016 is as follows:

Nonvested PSUs at beginning of period

Granted

Vested

Canceled/Forfeited

Nonvested PSUs at end of period

Years Ended

March 31, 2017

March 31, 2016

Weighted
Avg. Grant
Date Fair
Value

Shares

Weighted
Avg. Grant
Date Fair
Value

Shares

49,136

$

219,266

—

(8,472)

259,930

$

28.57

23.95

—

25.90

24.74

— $

50,711

—

(1,575)

—

28.57

—

—

49,136

$

28.57

The fair value of the portion of current PSUs with vesting based on free cash flow conversion is determined based on the 
Company's closing stock price on the date of grant.  The fair value of the portion of current PSUs with vesting based on relative 
total shareholder return is determined utilizing the Monte Carlo simulation model. Assumptions used to determine the fair value 
of each PSU were based on historical data and standard industry valuation practices and methodology. The following weighted-
average assumptions were used for the PSUs granted during fiscal 2017 and 2016:

Expected volatility factor

Weighted-average risk-free interest rate

Expected dividend rate

PSU fair value per share

Years Ended

March 31, 2017

March 31, 2016

30%

0.86%

0.0%

$27.67

31%

1.01%

0.0%

$32.06

71

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   71

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
16. Retirement Benefits

The Company sponsors pension and other postretirement benefit plans for certain employees. Most of the Company’s 
employees are accumulating retirement income benefits through defined contribution plans. However, the Company sponsors 
frozen pension plans for certain salaried participants and ongoing pension benefits for certain employees represented by collective 
bargaining. These plans provide for monthly pension payments to eligible employees upon retirement. Pension benefits for salaried 
employees generally are based on years of frozen credited service and average earnings. Pension benefits for hourly employees 
generally are based on specified benefit amounts and years of service. The Company’s policy is to fund its pension obligations in 
conformity with the funding requirements under applicable laws and governmental regulations. Other postretirement benefits 
consist of retiree medical plans that cover a portion of employees in the United States that meet certain age and service requirements.

The Company recognizes the net actuarial gains or losses in excess of the corridor in operating results during the fourth 
quarter of each fiscal year (or upon any required re-measurement event).  The corridor is 10% of the greater of the projected benefit 
obligation or the fair value of the plan assets.  In connection with this accounting policy, the Company recognized  non-cash 
actuarial (gains) / losses of $(2.6) million, $12.9 million, and $59.4 million, during the fiscal years ending March 31, 2017, 2016
and 2015, respectively.  Net periodic benefit costs recorded on a quarterly basis are primarily comprised of service and interest 
cost, amortization of unrecognized prior service cost and the expected return on plan assets.

The components of net periodic benefit cost reported in the consolidated statements of operations are as follows (in 

millions): 

March 31, 2017

March 31, 2016

March 31, 2015

Year Ended

Pension Benefits:

Service cost

Interest cost

Expected return on plan assets

Amortization of:

Prior service cost

(Income) cost associated with special events:

Settlement (1)

Curtailment (2)

Contractual termination benefits (3)

Recognition of actuarial losses

Net periodic benefit cost
Other Postretirement Benefits:

Service cost

Interest cost

Amortization:

Prior service credit

Cost associated with special events:

Curtailment (2)

Recognition of actuarial (gains) losses

Net periodic benefit (income) cost

$

$

$

$

$

1.8

25.7

(27.1)

$

2.2

25.5

(28.8)

0.1

—

(1.4)

2.2

—

1.3

0.1

1.1

(2.0)

0.4

(1.6)

(2.0)

$

$

$

0.1

—

—

—

13.0

12.0

0.1

1.2

(2.0)

—

(0.1)

(0.8)

$

$

$

1.4

30.0

(29.8)

0.2

6.5

—

—

51.7

60.0

0.1

1.3

(1.9)

—

1.2

0.7

(1) 

(2) 

During fiscal 2015, the Company offered approximately 4,500 inactive participants in its domestic non-union defined benefit plans 
with vested benefits the opportunity to receive a lump sum settlement of the value of the participant’s pension benefit.  Acceptance of 
the offer by a participant was completely voluntary, and if accepted, participants could elect to receive the settlement in the form of a 
single lump sum payment or in the form of a monthly annuity beginning during fiscal 2015.  The election period for this voluntary 
offer closed on October 15, 2014 and a total of $65.0 million was paid to electing participants during fiscal 2015. The settlement and 
corresponding re-measurement of the domestic non-union defined benefit plan resulted in the recognition of non-cash actuarial losses 
during fiscal 2015 of $6.5 million.

During fiscal 2017, certain active participants of a foreign pension plan were transferred out of the pension plan and placed into a 
defined contribution plan, resulting in a curtailment gain of $1.4 million.  In addition, the Company also recognized a curtailment loss 
of $0.4 million during fiscal 2017 as a result of the decision to close a U.S. manufacturing facility in connection with the Company’s 
ongoing supply chain optimization and footprint repositioning initiatives.  See Note 5 Restructuring and Other Similar Charges for 
additional information.  The recognition of the non-cash net curtailment gain of $1.0 million is recorded within Actuarial (gain) loss 
on pension and postretirement benefit obligations on the fiscal 2017 consolidated statements of operations.  

72

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   72

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
(3) 

During fiscal 2017, the Company recognized incremental expense of $2.2 million of termination benefits associated with incremental 
benefits participants of the Company’s domestic union defined benefit plans will receive following the Company’s decision to close 
one of its U.S. manufacturing facilities.  The contractual termination benefit is recorded in Restructuring and other similar charges on 
the fiscal 2017 consolidated statements of operations.  

In fiscal 2017, the recognition of $2.6 million of non-cash actuarial gains was primarily associated with the net curtailment 
gain described above and improved demographic and claims experience associated with the Company’s other postretirement benefit 
plans.  In fiscal 2016, lower than projected asset growth, partially offset by a slightly higher discount rate and shorter life expectancy 
assumptions resulted in the recognition of non-cash actuarial losses of $12.9 million. In fiscal 2015, the Society of Actuaries issued 
revised mortality tables (RP 2014) and a mortality improvement scale (MP 2014) for use by actuaries, insurance companies, 
governments, benefit plan sponsors and others in setting assumptions regarding life expectancy in the United States for purposes 
of estimating pension and OPEB obligations, costs and required contribution amounts. The RP 2014 mortality tables and MP 2014 
mortality improvement scale indicate substantial life expectancy improvements since the last study published in 2000 (RP 2000). 
In conjunction with the re-measurement of the pension and other post-retirement obligations in fiscal 2015, the adoption of the 
newly issued mortality tables and mortality improvement scale, lower discount rates, and the lump-sum settlement completed in 
fiscal 2015 resulted in the recognition of non-cash actuarial losses of $59.4 million. 

The Company made contributions to its U.S. qualified pension plan trusts of $4.9 million, $4.9 million, and $7.9 million

during the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

The status of the plans are summarized as follows (in millions):

Pension Benefits

Other Postretirement Benefits

Year Ended
March 31, 2017

Year Ended
March 31, 2016

Year Ended
March 31, 2017

Year Ended
March 31, 2016

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

$

(674.0) $

(718.8) $

(29.6) $

Service cost

Interest cost

Actuarial gains

Benefits paid

Plan participant contributions

Acquisition (1)

Contractual termination benefits (2)

Curtailments

Translation adjustment

Benefit obligation at end of period

Plan assets at the beginning of the period

Actual return on plan assets

Contributions

Benefits paid

Acquisition (1)

Translation adjustment

Plan assets at end of period

Funded status of plans

Net amount on Consolidated Balance Sheets consists of:

Non-current assets

Current liabilities

Long-term liabilities

Total net funded status

(1.8)

(25.7)

11.8

39.8

(0.3)

(18.3)

(2.2)

2.5

2.8

(665.4) $

503.6

$

26.6

8.6

(39.8)

14.9

(0.9)

(2.2)

(25.5)

35.1

38.8

(0.4)

—

—

—

(1.0)

(674.0) $

543.2

$

(9.5)

8.6

(38.8)

—

0.1

(0.1)

(1.1)

3.7

3.1

(0.6)

—

—

(1.1)

—

(25.7) $

— $

—

3.1

(3.1)

—

—

513.0

$

(152.4) $

503.6

$

(170.4) $

— $

(25.7) $

0.6

$

0.5

$

— $

(2.2)

(150.8)

(2.4)

(168.5)

(2.1)

(23.6)

(152.4) $

(170.4) $

(25.7) $

$

$

$

$

$

$

(32.4)

(0.1)

(1.2)

0.7

4.0

(0.6)

—

—

—

—

(29.6)

—

—

4.0

(4.0)

—

—

—

(29.6)

—

(2.6)

(27.0)

(29.6)

(1) 

(2) 

In fiscal 2017, Rexnord acquired Cambridge. See Note 3 Acquisitions for additional information.

During fiscal 2017 Rexnord recognized $2.2 million in special termination benefits associated with the closure of one of its U.S. 
manufacturing facilities. This expense was recognized as restructuring. 

73

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   73

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
As of March 31, 2017, the Company had pension plans with a combined projected benefit obligation of $665.4 million
compared to plan assets of $513.0 million, resulting in an under-funded status of $152.4 million compared to an under-funded 
status of $170.4 million at March 31, 2016. The Company’s funded status has improved year over year primarily as a result of 
actuarial gains as a result of higher discount rates and shorter life expectancy assumptions partially offset by lower than projected 
asset returns. Any further changes in the assumptions underlying the Company’s pension values, including those that arise as a 
result of declines in equity markets and changes in interest rates, could result in increased pension obligation and pension cost 
which could negatively affect the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations in future periods.

Amounts included in accumulated  other comprehensive  loss (income),  net  of tax, related to  defined benefit plans  at 

March 31, 2017 and 2016 consist of the following (in millions):

Unrecognized prior service credit

Unrecognized actuarial loss (gain)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (income), gross

Deferred income tax (benefit) provision

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (income), net

Unrecognized prior service cost (credit)

Unrecognized actuarial loss

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (income), gross

Deferred income tax (benefit) provision

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (income), net

Pension
Benefits

As of March 31, 2017
Postretirement
Benefits

Total

(0.1) $

(3.1) $

49.4

49.3

(18.7)

(0.8)

(3.9)

1.5

30.6

$

(2.4) $

Pension
Benefits

As of March 31, 2016
Postretirement
Benefits

Total

0.1

$

(5.1) $

61.9

62.0

(23.6)

0.6

(4.5)

1.7

38.4

$

(2.8) $

(3.2)

48.6

45.4

(17.2)

28.2

(5.0)

62.5

57.5

(21.9)

35.6

$

$

$

$

The Company expects to recognize $0.1 million and $1.9 million of prior service costs (credits) included in accumulated 
other comprehensive (loss) income for pension benefits and other postretirement benefits, respectively, as components of net 
periodic benefit cost during the next fiscal year.

The following table presents significant assumptions used to determine benefit obligations and net periodic benefit cost 

(income) in weighted-average percentages:

Benefit Obligations:

Discount rate

Rate of compensation increase

Net Periodic Benefit Cost:

Discount rate

Rate of compensation increase

Expected return on plan assets

Pension Benefits

Other Postretirement Benefits

March 31,
2017

March 31,
2016

March 31,
2015

March 31,
2017

March 31,
2016

March 31,
2015

3.85%

2.96%

3.84%

2.96%

5.34%

3.84%

3.07%

3.70%

3.40%

5.33%

3.70%

3.40%

4.54%

3.41%

5.30%

4.00%

n/a

3.90%

n/a

3.80%

n/a

3.90%

3.80%

4.30%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

In evaluating the expected return on plan assets, consideration was given to historical long-term rates of return on plan 
assets and input from the Company’s pension fund consultant on asset class return expectations, long-term inflation and current 
market conditions.

74

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   74

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the Company’s target investment allocations for the year ended March 31, 2017 and actual 

investment allocations at March 31, 2017 and 2016.

Plan Assets

2017

Target
Allocation (2)

Actual
Allocation

2016

Actual
Allocation

29%

66%

5%

30%

64%

6%

28%

66%

6%

Investment
Policy (1)

20 - 30%

55 - 80%

0 - 10%

Equity securities

Debt securities (including cash and cash equivalents)

Other

(1) 

(2) 

The investment policy allocation represents the guidelines of the Company's principal U.S. pension plans based on the changes in the 
plans funded status.
The target allocations represent the weighted average target allocations for the Company's principal U.S. pension plans.

The Company's defined benefit pension utilizes a dynamic liability driven investment (“LDI”) strategy.  The objective is 
to more closely align the pension plan assets with its liabilities in terms of how both respond to interest rate changes. The plan 
assets are allocated into two investment categories: (i) LDI, comprised of high quality, investment grade fixed income securities 
and (ii) return seeking, comprised of traditional securities and alternative asset classes. All assets are managed externally according 
to  guidelines  established  individually  with  investment  managers  and  the  Company's  investment  consultant.  The  Company 
periodically undertakes asset and liability modeling studies to determine the appropriateness of the investments. The Company 
intends to continuously reduce the assets allocated to the return seeking category, thereby increasing the assets allocated to the 
LDI category based on the overall improvement in the plan funded status. No equity securities of the Company are held in the 
portfolio.

The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets for both the U.S and non-U.S. plans at March 31, 2017 and 2016, 
by asset category are included in the table below (in millions).  For additional information on the fair value hierarchy and the 
inputs used to measure fair value, see Note 13 Fair Value Measurements. 

Cash and cash equivalents

Investment funds

   Fixed income funds (2)

   U.S. equity funds (3)

   International equity funds (3)

   Balanced funds (3)

   Alternative investment funds (4)

Insurance contracts

Total

As of March 31, 2017

Quoted Prices in
Active  Market
(Level 1)

Significant Other
Observable  
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)

Assets
measured at net
asset value (1)

Total

$

2.0

$

— $

— $

4.5

$

6.5

8.8

3.7

2.0

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

23.9

317.5

326.3

65.2

38.5

9.3

37.6

—

68.9

40.5

9.3

37.6

23.9

$

16.5

$

— $

23.9

$

472.6

513.0

75

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   75

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents

Investment funds

   Fixed income funds (2)

   U.S. equity funds (3)

   International equity funds (3)

   Balanced funds (3)

   Alternative investment funds (4)

Insurance contracts

As of March 31, 2016

Quoted Prices in
Active  Market
(Level 1)

Significant Other
Observable  Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)

Assets
measured at net
asset value (1)

Total

$

1.7

$

— $

— $

4.9

$

6.6

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

22.6

328.8

328.8

63.7

35.3

9.1

37.5

—

63.7

35.3

9.1

37.5

22.6

Total

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

$

1.7

$

— $

22.6

$

479.3

503.6

In accordance with Subtopic 820-10, certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share (or its 
equivalent) practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy.  The fair value amounts presented in this table are 
intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented in the statement of financial position.
The Company's fixed income mutual and commingled funds primarily include investments in U.S. government securities and corporate 
bonds. The commingled funds also include an insignificant portion of investments in asset-backed securities or partnerships. The 
mutual and commingled funds are primarily valued using the net asset value, which reflects the plan's share of the fair value of the 
investments.   In fiscal 2017, Rexnord acquired Cambridge which sponsored pension plans that held exchange-traded funds that are 
valued using quoted market prices from active markets.
The Company's equity mutual and commingled funds primarily include investments in U.S. and international common stock.  The 
balanced mutual and commingled funds invest in a combination of fixed income and equity securities. The mutual and commingled 
funds are primarily valued using the net asset value, which reflects the plan's share of the fair value of the investments.  In fiscal 2017, 
Rexnord acquired Cambridge which sponsored pension plans that held exchange-traded funds that are valued using quoted market 
prices from active markets.
The Company's alternative investments include venture capital and partnership investments.  Alternative investments are valued using 
the net asset value, which reflects the plan's share of the fair value of the investments.  The Company is generally able to redeem 
investments at periodic times during the year with notice provided to the general partner. 

The table below sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Level 3 investments for the years ended March 31, 

2017 and 2016 (in millions):

Beginning balance, March 31, 2015

Actual return on assets:

Related to assets held at reporting date

Related to assets sold during the period

Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements

Ending balance, March 31, 2016

Actual return on assets:

Related to assets held at reporting date

Related to assets sold during the period

Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements

Ending balance, March 31, 2017

Insurance
Contracts

23.4

(0.8)

—

—

22.6

1.3

—

—

23.9

$

$

76

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   76

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
Expected benefit payments to be paid in each of the next five fiscal years and in the aggregate for the five fiscal years 

thereafter are as follows (in millions):

Year Ending March 31:

Pension
Benefits

Other
Postretirement
Benefits

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023-2027

$

41.3

$

41.3

41.0

41.0

40.9

201.7

2.2

2.6

2.6

2.5

2.3

8.3

Pension Plans That Are Not Fully Funded

At March 31, 2017, the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for the 
pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of plan assets were $658.9 million, $652.2 million
and $506.1 million, respectively.

At March 31, 2016, the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for the 
pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of plan assets were $665.3 million, $657.1 million
and $494.5 million, respectively.

Other Postretirement Benefits

The other postretirement benefit obligation was determined using an assumed health care cost trend rate of 6.8% in fiscal 
2017 grading down to 5.0% in fiscal 2024 and thereafter. The discount rate, compensation rate increase and health care cost trend 
rate assumptions are determined as of the measurement date.

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on amounts reported for the retiree medical plans. A one-

percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effect (in millions): 

One Percentage Point Increase

One Percentage Point Decrease

Year Ended March 31,

Year Ended March 31,

2017

2016

2015

2017

2016

2015

Increase (decrease) in total of service and interest cost components

$

Increase (decrease) in postretirement benefit obligation

$

0.1

2.1

$

0.1

2.6

0.1

2.9

$

(0.1) $

(0.1) $

(1.8)

(2.2)

(0.1)

(2.5)

Multi-Employer and Government-sponsored Plans

The Company participates in certain multi-employer and government-sponsored plans for eligible employees. Expense 
recognized related to these plans was $0.2 million, $0.2 million, and $0.2 million in the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 
2015, respectively.

Defined Contribution Savings Plans

The Company sponsors certain defined-contribution savings plans for eligible employees. Expense recognized related to 
these plans was $12.4 million, $14.2 million, and $15.2 million for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

77

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   77

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17. Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes consists of amounts for taxes currently payable, amounts for tax items deferred to future 
periods; as well as, adjustments relating to the Company’s determination of uncertain tax positions, including interest and penalties. 
The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the future tax consequences attributable to tax net operating 
loss (“NOL”) carryforwards, tax credit carryforwards and differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the 
tax bases of applicable assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are regularly reviewed for recoverability and valuation allowances 
are established based on historical losses, projected future taxable income and the expected timing of the reversals of existing 
temporary differences. As a result of this review, the Company continues to maintain a partial valuation allowance against certain 
foreign NOL carryforwards and other related foreign deferred tax assets, as well as certain state NOL carryforwards.

Income Tax Provision

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in millions):

Current:

United States

Non-United States

State and local

Total current

Deferred:

United States

Non-United States

State and local

Total deferred

Provision for income taxes

Year ended March 31,

2017

2016

2015

$

$

12.1

20.3

2.2

34.6

(18.0)

(6.8)

(1.9)

(26.7)

$

24.0

15.3

3.9

43.2

(10.2)

1.1

(17.0)

(26.1)

$

7.9

$

17.1

$

17.2

15.6

4.7

37.5

(8.2)

(10.5)

(2.0)

(20.7)

16.8

The provision (benefit) for income taxes differs from the United States statutory income tax rate due to the following 

items (in millions):

Provision for income taxes at U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

$

28.7

$

30.1

$

Year ended March 31,

2017

2016

2015

State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit

Net effects of foreign rate differential

Net effects of foreign operations

Net effect to deferred taxes for changes in tax rates

Unrecognized tax benefits, net of federal benefit

Domestic production activities deduction

Research and development credit

Excess tax benefits related to equity compensation

Change in valuation allowance

Other

Provision for income taxes

0.8

(1.3)

(4.4)

(0.3)

0.5

(2.7)

(7.6)

(7.0)

0.5

0.7

7.9

$

2.7

(3.0)

(2.1)

(0.8)

(11.3)

(1.3)

—

—

2.3

0.5

$

17.1

$

37.9

2.6

(3.3)

8.9

0.2

(0.5)

(2.3)

—

—

(27.4)

0.7

16.8

The provision for income taxes was calculated based upon the following components of income from continuing operations 

before income taxes (in millions): 

United States

Non-United States

Income before income taxes

Year ended March 31,

2017

2016

2015

$

$

50.4

31.6

82.0

$

$

45.3

40.7

86.0

$

$

89.9

18.7

108.6

78

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   78

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities

Deferred income taxes consist of the tax effects of the following temporary differences (in millions):

Deferred tax assets:

Compensation and retirement benefits

General accruals and reserves

State tax net operating loss carryforwards

Foreign tax credit carryforwards

Foreign net operating loss and interest carryforwards

Other

Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowance

Valuation allowance

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Property, plant and equipment

Inventories

Intangible assets and goodwill

Cancellation of indebtedness

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax liabilities

Net amount on Consolidated Balance Sheet consists of:

Other assets

Deferred income taxes

Net long-term deferred tax liabilities

March 31, 2017

March 31, 2016

$

$

$

$

$

79.9

18.1

19.2

—

22.5

7.9

147.6

(27.7)

119.9

39.9

31.5

217.5

27.6

316.5

196.6

$

12.2

$

(208.8)

(196.6) $

84.4

18.3

19.6

4.3

17.7

14.5

158.8

(27.2)

131.6

42.8

30.1

197.7

43.4

314.0

182.4

3.6

(186.0)

(182.4)

Management has reviewed its deferred tax assets and has analyzed the uncertainty with respect to ultimately realizing 
the related tax benefits associated with such assets.  Based upon this analysis, management has determined that a valuation allowance 
should  be  established  for  certain  foreign  NOL  carryforwards  and  related  deferred  tax  assets,  as  well  as  certain  state  NOL 
carryforwards as of March 31, 2017. Significant factors considered by management in this determination included the historical 
operating results of the Company, as well as anticipated reversals of future taxable temporary differences. Similarly, a valuation 
allowance was recorded at March 31, 2016 for certain foreign NOL carryforwards and related deferred tax assets, as well as certain 
state NOL carryforwards for which utilization was deemed uncertain. The increase in the valuation allowance presented above 
was generally due to an increase in certain foreign NOL carryforwards and other related deferred tax assets which management 
has deemed the realization of such assets as not being more-likely-than-not. The carryforward period for the foreign tax credit is 
ten years. The carryforward period for the U.S. federal NOL carryforward is twenty years. The carryforward periods for the state 
NOLs range from five to twenty years. Certain foreign NOL carryforwards are subject to a five year expiration period, and the 
carryforward period for the remaining foreign NOLs is indefinite.  

At March 31, 2017, the Company had approximately $500.9 million of state NOL carryforwards, expiring over various 
years ending through March 31, 2036. The Company has a valuation allowance of $18.0 million recorded against the related 
deferred tax asset. In addition, at March 31, 2017, the Company had approximately $94.8 million of foreign NOL carryforwards 
in which the majority of these losses can be carried forward indefinitely.  There exists a valuation allowance of $9.7 million against 
these NOL carryforwards as well as other related deferred tax assets. 

No provision has been made for United States federal income taxes related to approximately $176.5 million of undistributed 
earnings of foreign subsidiaries considered to be permanently reinvested. Due to the resulting additional foreign tax credits, the 
additional income tax liability that would result if such earnings were repatriated to the U.S., other than potential out-of-pocket 
withholding taxes of approximately $5.7 million, would not be expected to be significant to the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements. 

The Company’s total liability for net accrued income taxes as of March 31, 2017 and 2016 was $6.9 million and $13.3 
million, respectively.  This net amount was presented in the consolidated balance sheets as Income taxes payable (separately 
disclosed in Other current liabilities) of $17.8 million and $15.0 million as of March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively; and as 
Income taxes receivable (included in Other current assets) of $10.9 million and $1.7 million as of March 31, 2017 and 2016, 
respectively. Net cash paid for income taxes to governmental tax authorities for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
was $40.0 million, $46.9 million and $21.2 million, respectively.

79

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   79

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
Liability for Unrecognized Tax Benefits 

The Company's total liability for net unrecognized tax benefits as of March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016 was $18.1 

million and $15.6 million, respectively. 

The following table represents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of the gross unrecognized tax benefits, 

excluding interest and penalties, for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016 (in millions): 

Balance at beginning of period

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

Additions for tax positions of prior years

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

Reductions due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations

Cumulative translation adjustment

Balance at end of period

Year Ended March 31,

2017

2016

13.2

$

0.8

2.8

—

(1.7)

(0.1)

15.0

$

21.7

0.8

1.2

(0.1)

(10.3)

(0.1)

13.2

$

$

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. As 
of March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits includes $4.7 million and $3.8 million of 
gross accrued interest and penalties, respectively. The amount of interest and penalties recorded as income tax expense (benefit) 
during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $0.6 million, $(8.6) million, and $0.7 million, respectively.

The Company conducts business in multiple locations within and outside the U.S. Consequently, the Company is subject 
to periodic income tax examinations by domestic and foreign income tax authorities. Currently, the Company is undergoing routine, 
periodic income tax examinations in both domestic and foreign jurisdictions (including a review of a few specific items on certain 
corporate income tax returns of the Company’s Netherlands subsidiaries for the tax years ended March 31, 2011 through 2015). 
In addition, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service is currently examining the Company’s U.S. consolidated federal income tax return
and related amended return for the tax year ended March 31, 2015. During fiscal 2017, the Company completed an examination 
of certain of its Italian subsidiaries’ corporate income tax returns for the tax years ended March 31, 2014 through 2016 and paid 
approximately $0.7 million upon the conclusion of such examination.  In addition, during fiscal 2017, the Company completed 
an examination of certain of its German subsidiaries’ corporate income and trade tax returns for the tax years ended March 31, 
2011 through 2014 and paid approximately $0.4 million upon conclusion of such examination. During fiscal 2016, the U.S. Internal 
Revenue Service completed an income tax examination of the Company’s U.S. consolidated federal income tax return for the tax 
year ended March 31, 2013.  The conclusion of the audit resulted in no changes to previously reported taxable income or income 
tax for such return. It appears reasonably possible that the amounts of unrecognized income tax benefits could change in the next 
twelve months upon conclusion of the Company’s current ongoing examinations; however, any potential payments of income tax, 
interest and penalties are not expected to be significant to the Company's consolidated financial statements. With certain exceptions, 
the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for tax years ending prior to March 31, 2014, state and 
local income tax examinations for years ending prior to fiscal 2013 or significant foreign income tax examinations for years ending 
prior to fiscal 2012. With respect to the Company's U.S. federal NOL carryforward (which was fully utilized for the tax year ended 
March 31, 2015), the short tax period from July 21, 2006 to March 31, 2007 (due to the change in control when Apollo Management, 
L.P. acquired the Company) and the tax years ended March 31, 2008 through March 31, 2013 are open under statutes of limitations; 
whereby, the Internal Revenue Service may not adjust the income tax liability for these years, but may reduce the NOL carryforward 
and any other tax attribute carryforwards to currently open tax years.

18. Commitments and Contingencies 

The Company's subsidiaries are involved in various unresolved legal actions, administrative proceedings and claims in 
the ordinary course of business involving, among other things, product liability, commercial, employment, workers' compensation, 
intellectual property claims and environmental matters. The Company establishes accruals in a manner that is consistent with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for costs associated with such matters when liability is probable and 
those costs are capable of being reasonably estimated. Although it is not possible to predict with certainty the outcome of these 
unresolved  legal  actions  or  the  range  of  possible  loss  or  recovery,  based  upon  current  information,  management  believes  the 
eventual outcome of these unresolved legal actions, either individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect 
on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

In  connection  with  its  sale,  Invensys  plc  ("Invensys")  provided  the  Company  with  indemnification  against  certain 
contingent liabilities, including certain pre-closing environmental liabilities. The Company believes that, pursuant to such indemnity 
obligations, Invensys is obligated to defend and indemnify the Company with respect to the matters described below relating to 
the Ellsworth Industrial Park Site and to various asbestos claims. The indemnity obligations relating to the matters described below 
80

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   80

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
are subject, together with indemnity obligations relating to other matters, to an overall dollar cap equal to the purchase price, which 
is an amount in excess of $900 million. The following paragraphs summarize the most significant actions and proceedings:

• 

In 2002, Rexnord Industries, LLC (“Rexnord Industries”) was named as a potentially responsible party (“PRP”), together 
with at least ten other companies, at the Ellsworth Industrial Park Site, Downers Grove, DuPage County, Illinois (the 
“Site”), by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (“USEPA”), and the Illinois Environmental Protection 
Agency (“IEPA”). Rexnord Industries' Downers Grove property is situated within the Ellsworth Industrial Complex. The 
USEPA and IEPA allege there have been one or more releases or threatened releases of chlorinated solvents and other 
hazardous substances, pollutants or contaminants, allegedly including but not limited to a release or threatened release 
on or from the Company's property, at the Site. The relief sought by the USEPA and IEPA includes further investigation 
and potential remediation of the Site and reimbursement of USEPA's past costs. Rexnord Industries' allocated share of 
past and future costs related to the Site, including for investigation and/or remediation, could be significant. All previously 
pending property damage and personal injury lawsuits against the Company related to the Site have been settled or 
dismissed. Pursuant to its indemnity obligation, Invensys continues to defend the Company in known matters related to 
the Site and has paid 100% of the costs to date.

•  Multiple lawsuits (with approximately 300 claimants) are pending in state or federal court in numerous jurisdictions 
relating to alleged personal injuries due to the alleged presence of asbestos in certain brakes and clutches previously 
manufactured by the Company's Stearns division and/or its predecessor owners. Invensys and FMC, prior owners of the 
Stearns business, have paid 100% of the costs to date related to the Stearns lawsuits. Similarly, the Company's Prager 
subsidiary is a defendant in two pending multi-defendant lawsuits relating to alleged personal injuries due to the alleged 
presence of asbestos in a product allegedly manufactured by Prager. Additionally, there are numerous individuals who 
have filed asbestos related claims against Prager; however, these claims are currently on the Texas Multi-district Litigation 
inactive docket. The ultimate outcome of these asbestos matters cannot presently be determined. To date, the Company's 
insurance providers have paid 100% of the costs related to the Prager asbestos matters. The Company believes that the 
combination of its insurance coverage and the Invensys indemnity obligations will cover any future costs of these matters.

In  connection  with  the  Company's  acquisition  of The  Falk  Corporation  (“Falk”),  Hamilton  Sundstrand  provided  the 
Company with indemnification against certain products-related asbestos exposure liabilities. The Company believes that, pursuant 
to such indemnity obligations, Hamilton Sundstrand is obligated to defend and indemnify the Company with respect to the asbestos 
claims described below, and that, with respect to these claims, such indemnity obligations are not subject to any time or dollar 
limitations. 

The following paragraph summarizes the most significant actions and proceedings for which Hamilton Sundstrand has 

accepted responsibility:

• 

Falk,  through  its  successor  entity,  is  a  defendant  in  multiple  lawsuits  pending  in  state  or  federal  court  in  numerous 
jurisdictions relating to alleged personal injuries due to the alleged presence of asbestos in certain clutches and drives 
previously manufactured by Falk. There are approximately 100 claimants in these suits. The ultimate outcome of these 
lawsuits cannot presently be determined. Hamilton Sundstrand is defending the Company in these lawsuits pursuant to 
its indemnity obligations and has paid 100% of the costs to date.

Certain Water Management subsidiaries are also subject to asbestos litigation. As of March 31, 2017, Zurn and numerous 
other unrelated companies were defendants in approximately 7,000 asbestos related lawsuits representing approximately 18,000
claims. Plaintiffs' claims allege personal injuries caused by exposure to asbestos used primarily in industrial boilers formerly 
manufactured by a segment of Zurn. Zurn did not manufacture asbestos or asbestos components. Instead, Zurn purchased them 
from suppliers. These claims are being handled pursuant to a defense strategy funded by insurers.

As of March 31, 2017, the Company estimates the potential liability for the asbestos-related claims described above as 
well as the claims expected to be filed in the next ten years to be approximately $37.0 million of which Zurn expects its insurance 
carriers to pay approximately $28.0 million in the next ten years on such claims, with the balance of the estimated liability being 
paid in subsequent years.  The $37.0 million was developed based on actuarial studies and represents the projected indemnity 
payout for current and future claims and increased by $5.0 million from March 31, 2016. There are inherent uncertainties involved 
in estimating the number of future asbestos claims, future settlement costs, and the effectiveness of defense strategies and settlement 
initiatives.  As a result, actual liability could differ from the estimate described herein and could be substantial.  The liability for 
the asbestos-related claims is recorded in Other liabilities within the consolidated balance sheets.

Management  estimates  that  its  available  insurance  to  cover  this  potential  asbestos  liability  as  of  March 31,  2017,  is 
approximately $242.9 million, and believes that all current claims are covered by insurance. However, principally as a result of 
the past insolvency of certain of the Company's insurance carriers, certain coverage gaps will exist if and after the Company's 
other carriers have paid the first $166.9 million of aggregate liabilities.

81

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   81

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
As  of  March 31,  2017,  the  Company  had  a  recorded  receivable  from  its  insurance  carriers  of  $37.0  million,  which 
corresponds to the amount of this potential asbestos liability that is covered by available insurance and is currently determined to 
be probable of recovery. However, there is no assurance that $242.9 million of insurance coverage will ultimately be available or 
that this asbestos liability will not ultimately exceed $242.9 million. Factors that could cause a decrease in the amount of available 
coverage include: changes in law governing the policies, potential disputes with the carriers regarding the scope of coverage, and 
insolvencies of one or more of the Company's carriers. The receivable for probable asbestos-related recoveries is recorded in Other 
assets within the consolidated balance sheets.

Certain Company subsidiaries were named as defendants in a number of individual and class action lawsuits in various 
United States courts claiming damages due to the alleged failure or anticipated failure of Zurn brass fittings on the PEX plumbing 
systems in homes and other structures. In fiscal 2013, the Company reached a court-approved agreement to settle the liability 
underlying this litigation.  The settlement is designed to resolve, on a national basis, the Company's overall exposure for both 
known and unknown claims related to the alleged failure or anticipated failure of such fittings, subject to the right of eligible class 
members to opt-out of the settlement and pursue their claims independently.  The settlement utilizes a seven year claims fund, 
which is capped at $20.0 million, and is funded in installments over the seven year period based on claim activity and minimum 
funding  criteria.  The  settlement  also  covers  class  action  plaintiffs'  attorneys'  fees  and  expenses.  Historically,  the  Company's 
insurance carrier had funded the Company's defense in the above referenced proceedings.  The Company, however, reached a 
settlement agreement with its insurer, whereby the insurer paid the Company a lump sum in exchange for a release of future 
exposure related to this liability. The Company has recorded an accrual related to this brass fittings liability, which takes into 
account, in pertinent part, the insurance carrier contribution, as well as exposure from the claims fund, opt-outs and the waiver of 
future insurance coverage.

19. Public Offering and Common Stock Repurchases

Preferred Stock

On December 7, 2016, the Company issued 8,050,000 depositary shares, each of which represents a 1/20th interest in a 
share of 5.75% Series A Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series A Preferred Stock"), for an offering price of $50 per 
depository share.  The Company issued an aggregate of 402,500 shares of Series A Preferred Stock in connection therewith. Unless 
converted earlier, each share of Series A Preferred Stock will convert automatically on the mandatory conversion date, which is 
November 15, 2019, into between 39.7020 and 47.6420 shares of the Company’s common stock, subject to customary anti-dilution 
adjustments. The number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion will be determined based on a defined average 
volume weighted average price per share of the Company’s common stock preceding November 15, 2019.  Holders of the Series 
A Preferred Stock may elect on a voluntary basis to convert their shares into common stock at the minimum exchange ratio at any 
time prior to the mandatory conversion date.

Dividends accumulate from the issuance date.  Rexnord may pay such dividends in cash or, subject to certain limitations, 
by delivery of shares of the Company's common stock or through any combination of cash and shares of the Company's common 
stock as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.  Dividends are payable quarterly, commencing on February 15, 2017 
and ending on November 15, 2019.  Any unpaid dividends will continue to accumulate.  The shares of Series A Preferred Stock 
have a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, plus accrued dividends.  With respect to dividend and liquidation rights, the 
Series A Preferred Stock ranks senior to the Company's common stock and junior to all existing and future indebtedness.

The net proceeds from the offering were approximately $389.7 million.  The Company used $195.0 million of the proceeds 
to prepay a portion of the then-outstanding term loan indebtedness under its credit agreement, with the remainder retained for 
general corporate purposes.  During fiscal 2017 the Company accrued $7.3 million of dividends and has paid $4.4 million in cash 
related to these dividends.  As of March 31, 2017, there were no dividends in arrears on the Series A Preferred Stock.

Issuer Repurchases of Equity Securities

During fiscal 2015, the Company's Board of Directors approved a common stock repurchase program (the "Repurchase 
Program") authorizing the repurchase of up to $200.0 million of the Company's common stock from time to time on the open 
market or in privately negotiated transactions.  The Repurchase Program does not require the Company to acquire any particular 
amount of common stock and does not specify the timing of purchases or the prices to be paid. No shares of common stock were 
repurchased in fiscal 2017 or 2015.  During fiscal 2016, the Company repurchased 1,552,500 shares of common stock at a total 
cost of $40.0 million at an average price of $25.76. The repurchased shares were canceled by the Company upon receipt. At 
March 31, 2017, approximately $160.0 million of repurchase authority remained.

82

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   82

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
20. Business Segment Information

The results of operations are reported in two business segments, consisting of the Process & Motion Control platform 
and the Water Management platform.  The Process & Motion Control platform designs, manufactures, markets and services a 
comprehensive range of specified, highly-engineered mechanical components used within complex systems where our customers' 
reliability requirements and costs of failure or downtime are high. The Process & Motion Control portfolio includes motion control 
products, shaft management products, aerospace components, and related value-added services.  Products and services are marketed 
and  sold  globally  under  widely  recognized  brand  names,  including  Rexnord,  Rex,  FlatTop,  Falk,  Link-Belt and  Cambridge. 
Process &  Motion  Control  products  and  services  are  sold  into  a  diverse  group  of  attractive  end  markets,  including  food  and 
beverage, aerospace, mining, petrochemical, energy and power generation, cement and aggregates, forest and wood products, 
agriculture, and general industrial and automation applications.  The Water Management platform designs, procures, manufactures, 
and markets products that provide and enhance water quality, safety, flow control and conservation. The Water Management 
product portfolio includes professional grade water control and safety, water distribution and drainage, finish plumbing, and site 
works products for primarily nonresidential buildings and flow control products for water and wastewater treatment infrastructure 
markets. Products are marketed and sold under widely recognized brand names, including Zurn, Wilkins, and VAG.  The financial 
information of the Company's segments is regularly evaluated by the chief operating decision maker in determining resource 
allocation and assessing performance. Management evaluates the performance of each business segment based on its operating 
results. The same accounting policies are used throughout the organization (see Note 2 Significant Accounting Policies). 

83

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   83

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
Business Segment Information: 
(in Millions) 

Net sales by product

Process & Motion Control:

Original equipment manufacturers/ end-users

$

Maintenance, repair, and operations

Total Process & Motion Control

Water Management:

Water safety, quality, flow control and conservation

Water infrastructure

Total Water Management

  Consolidated net sales

Income (loss) from operations

Process & Motion Control

Water Management

Corporate

  Consolidated income from operations

Non-operating expense:

Interest expense, net

Loss on the extinguishment of debt

Other (expense) income, net

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Net income from continuing operations

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net income

Non-controlling interest loss

Net income attributable to Rexnord

Dividends on preferred stock

Net income attributable to Rexnord common stockholders

Depreciation and Amortization

Process & Motion Control

Water Management

  Consolidated

Capital Expenditures

Process & Motion Control

Water Management

  Consolidated

Total Assets

Process & Motion Control

Water Management

Corporate

  Consolidated

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

84

March 31, 2017

March 31, 2016

March 31, 2015

Year Ended

$

594.6

540.1

1,134.7

538.9

244.6

783.5

1,918.2

$

572.3

528.0

1,100.3

534.1

289.4

823.5

1,923.8

134.9

85.1

(36.3)

183.7

(88.7)

(7.8)

(5.2)

82.0

7.9

74.1

—

74.1

—

74.1

(7.3)

146.8

72.8

(45.3)

174.3

(91.4)

—

3.1

86.0

17.1

68.9

(1.4)

67.5

(0.4)

67.9

—

66.8

$

67.9

$

69.9

35.5

105.4

42.0

12.5

54.5

$

$

$

$

77.3

38.1

115.4

43.6

8.5

52.1

$

$

$

$

642.1

588.1

1,230.2

517.1

302.9

820.0

2,050.2

219.6

79.0

(94.9)

203.7

(87.9)

—

(7.2)

108.6

16.8

91.8

(8.0)

83.8

—

83.8

—

83.8

74.1

38.1

112.2

37.7

11.1

48.8

March 31, 2017

March 31, 2016

March 31, 2015

2,671.4

$

2,412.7

$

862.3

5.6

933.2

8.9

3,539.3

$

3,354.8

$

2,419.0

981.9

8.4

3,409.3

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   84

5/23/17   3:46 PM

Net sales to third parties and long-lived assets by geographic region are as follows (in millions):

United States

Europe

Rest of World

Net Sales

Long-lived Assets

Year Ended
March 31, 2017

Year Ended
March 31, 2016

Year Ended
March 31, 2015

March 31, 2017 March 31, 2016 March 31, 2015

$

$

1,320.3

$

1,306.9

$

1,380.0

$

267.2

$

276.0

$

332.6

265.3

370.8

246.1

374.0

296.2

72.2

61.5

80.5

40.7

1,918.2

$

1,923.8

$

2,050.2

$

400.9

$

397.2

$

279.4

92.1

46.1

417.6

Net sales to third parties are attributed to the geographic regions based on the country in which the shipment originates. 
Amounts attributed to the geographic regions for long-lived assets are based on the location of the entity that holds such assets. 
In accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting, long-lived assets includes movable assets and excludes net intangible assets 
and goodwill.

21. Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited) 
(in millions, except per share amounts)

First Quarter

Second Quarter

Third Quarter

Fourth Quarter

Total

Net sales

Gross profit

Net income attributable to Rexnord

Dividends on preferred stock

$

471.8

$

491.0

$

451.8

$

503.6

$

165.4

18.9

—

174.0

24.6

—

153.0

3.2

(1.5)

175.6

27.4

(5.8)

Net income attributable to Rexnord common stockholders

$

18.9

$

24.6

$

1.7

$

21.6

$

1,918.2

668.0

74.1

(7.3)

66.8

Fiscal 2017

Net income per share attributable to Rexnord common 
stockholders

Basic

Diluted

Net sales

Gross profit

Net income from continuing operations

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net income (loss)

Non-controlling interest loss

Net income (loss) attributable to Rexnord common
stockholders

Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to Rexnord 
common stockholders:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Net income

Diluted income (loss) per share attributable to Rexnord 
common stockholders:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Net income

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

0.19

0.18

$

$

0.24

0.24

$

$

0.02

0.02

$

$

0.21

0.21

$

$

0.65

0.64

First Quarter

Second Quarter

Third Quarter

Fourth Quarter

Total

Fiscal 2016

$

485.1

$

485.9

$

460.2

$

492.6

$

169.8

21.2

—

21.2

(0.1)

169.3

22.6

—

22.6

—

158.3

24.3

—

24.3

(0.1)

167.8

0.8

(1.4)

(0.6)

(0.2)

21.3

$

22.6

$

24.4

$

(0.4) $

0.23

$

— $

0.23

$

0.22

$

— $

0.22

$

0.24

$

— $

0.24

$

0.24

$

— $

0.24

$

0.01

$

(0.01) $

(0.00) $

0.01

$

(0.01) $

(0.00) $

0.21

$

— $

0.21

$

0.20

$

— $

0.20

$

85

1,923.8

665.2

68.9

(1.4)

67.5

(0.4)

67.9

0.69

(0.01)

0.67

0.67

(0.01)

0.66

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   85

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE.

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We  maintain  a  set  of  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  that  are  designed  to  ensure  that  information  required  to  be 
disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the 
SEC’s rules and forms.

We  carried  out  an  evaluation,  under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  management,  including  the  Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and 
procedures pursuant to Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 of the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and 
Chief  Financial  Officer  concluded  that,  as  of  such  date,  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are  adequate  and 
effective in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting, on a timely basis, information required to be disclosed by the 
Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act and that such information is accumulated and communicated 
to the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, in a manner allowing timely 
decisions regarding required disclosure. As such, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our 
disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the period covered by this report.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide 
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external 
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Under the supervision and with the participation of our 
management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of our internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  the  framework  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based upon that evaluation, management has 
concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2017.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of the changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2017, has been audited by 

Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which appears herein.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during our last fiscal quarter 

that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

None.

86

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   86

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled "Proposal 1: Election of 
Directors" and "Corporate Governance" and in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Company’s fiscal 2018 annual meeting, to 
be held on or about July 27, 2017 (the "Fiscal 2018 Proxy Statement"), and to the information under the caption “Executive Officers 
of the Registrant” in Part I hereof. 

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a written code of ethics, referred to as the Rexnord Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, applicable 
to all directors, officers and employees, which includes provisions relating to accounting and financial matters applicable to the 
principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer and controller.  We have posted a copy of 
the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics on our website at www.rexnord.com.  To obtain a copy, free of charge, please submit a 
written request to Rexnord Investor Relations, 247 Freshwater Way, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53204.  If we make any substantive 
amendments to, or grant any waivers from, the code of ethics for any director or officer, we will disclose the nature of such 
amendment or waiver on our corporate website at www.rexnord.com or in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled "Proposal 1: Election of 
Directors", "Corporate Governance", "Compensation Discussion and Analysis", "Compensation Committee Report", "Executive 
Compensation",  and "Corporate Governance - Directors' Compensation" in the Fiscal 2018 Proxy Statement. 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled "Security Ownership of 

Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" in the Fiscal 2018 Proxy Statement.

The following chart gives aggregate information regarding grants under all equity compensation plans of the Company 

through March 31, 2017:

Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights

8,352,742

None

8,352,742

Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights (2)

$18.74

None

$18.74

Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected
in first column)

5,174,811

None

5,174,811

Plan category

Equity compensation plans approved by
security holders (1)

Equity compensation plans not approved by
security holders

                 Total

____________________

(1) 

(2) 

Represents options, PSUs and RSUs granted under the Performance Incentive Plan or 2006 Stock Option Plan.  No further options 
may be granted under the 2006 Stock Option Plan.

The average exercise price excludes PSUs and RSUs.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled "Corporate Governance" 

and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" in the Fiscal 2018 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  the  section  entitled  "Report  of  the Audit 

Committee" and "Auditors" in the Fiscal 2018 Proxy Statement.

87

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   87

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) (1) Financial Statements

PART IV

The Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 hereof are for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016

and 2015 and consist of the following:

Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(a) (2) Financial Statement Schedules.

The Financial Statement Schedule of the Company appended hereto for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

consists of the following:

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(in Millions)

Balance at
Beginning
of Year

Charged to
Costs and
Expenses

Additions

Acquired
Obligations

Charged
to Other
Accounts

Deductions
(1)

Balance at
End of
Year

Description

Fiscal Year 2015:

Valuation allowance for trade and notes receivable

Valuation allowance for excess and obsolete inventory

Valuation allowance for income taxes

Fiscal Year 2016:

Valuation allowance for trade and notes receivable

Valuation allowance for excess and obsolete inventory

Valuation allowance for income taxes

Fiscal Year 2017:

Valuation allowance for trade and notes receivable

Valuation allowance for excess and obsolete inventory

Valuation allowance for income taxes

$

$

$

33.8

54.4

16.8

35.7

25.0

8.9

$

37.6

27.2

6.4

$

10.7

$

5.2

2.0

0.6

0.8

—

$

(0.4) $

(0.5) $

(0.6)

—

(3.5)

(31.4)

$

(6.8) $

— $

(0.1) $

(1.0) $

9.5

4.2

0.7

7.6

4.0

$

—

—

2.0

1.3

0.2

(0.3)

—

(7.3)

(2.0)

$

— $

(1.0) $

(0.2)

—

(6.2)

(3.7)

16.8

35.7

25.0

8.9

37.6

27.2

10.6

40.1

27.7

 (1) 

 Uncollectible amounts, dispositions charged against the accrual and utilization of net operating losses.

All other schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or because the information required is included 

in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

(a) (3) Exhibits.

See Exhibit Index included after the signature page to this report, which Exhibit Index is incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Not applicable.

88

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   88

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused 

this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES

REXNORD CORPORATION

By:
Name:
Title:
Date:

/s/ Todd A. Adams
Todd A. Adams
President and Chief Executive Officer
May 17, 2017

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL  PERSONS  BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that  each  person  whose  signature  appears  below  constitutes  and 
appoints Todd A. Adams, Mark W. Peterson and Patricia M. Whaley, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-
fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any 
and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this report, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto, and other documents 
in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and any other regulatory authority, granting unto said 
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite 
and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, 
hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or 
cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 

persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

President, Chief Executive Officer

May 17, 2017

(Principal Executive Officer) and Director

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

May 17, 2017

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ Todd A. Adams

Todd A. Adams

/s/ Mark W. Peterson

Mark W. Peterson

/s/ Paul W. Jones

Paul W. Jones

/s/ Mark S. Bartlett

Mark S. Bartlett

Director

Director

/s/ Thomas D. Christopoul

Director

Thomas D. Christopoul

/s/ Theodore D. Crandall

Director

Theodore D. Crandall

/s/ David C. Longren

David C. Longren

/s/ George C. Moore

George C. Moore

/s/ John M. Stropki

John M. Stropki

/s/ John S. Stroup
John S. Stroup

/s/ Robin A. Walker-Lee
Robin A. Walker-Lee

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

89

May 17, 2017

May 17, 2017

May 17, 2017

May 17, 2017

May 17, 2017

May 17, 2017

May 17, 2017

May 17, 2017

May 17, 2017

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   89

5/23/17   3:46 PM

 
 
 
Exhibit

Description

Incorporated Herein by Reference to

Filed
Herewith

EXHIBIT INDEX 

2.1

3.1(a)

3.1(b)

3.2

4.1

4.2

4.3

Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of April 5, 2005, by
and among Rexnord LLC, Hamilton Sundstrand
Corporation and The Falk Corporation+

Exhibit 99.2 to the Form 8-K filed by RBS Global,
Inc./Rexnord LLC on May 19, 2005+

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as
amended through April 3, 2012

Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Form 8-K dated April 3,
2012

Certificate of Designations of the 5.75% Series A
Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock of Rexnord
Corporation, filed with the Secretary of State of the State
of Delaware and effective December 7, 2016 (the “Series
A Preferred Designations”)

Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Form 8-K dated
December 1, 2016

Amended and Restated By-Laws, as amended through
January 5, 2017

Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Form 8-K dated January
5, 2017

Series A Preferred Designations

Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Form 8-K dated
December 1, 2016

Form of Certificate for the 5.75% Series A Mandatory
Convertible Preferred Stock

Exhibit A to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K
dated December 1, 2016

Deposit Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2016,
among Rexnord Corporation and American Stock
Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, acting as depositary,
and the holders from time to time of the receipts issued
thereunder

Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Form 8-K dated
December 1, 2016

4.4

Form of Depositary Receipt for the Depositary Shares

The Company's 2006 Stock Option Plan, as amended
(“2006 Option Plan”)* (superseded)

Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K
dated December 1, 2016

Exhibit 10.6 to the Form 10-K filed by RBS Global,
Inc./Rexnord LLC for the fiscal year ended March 31,
2010

10.1(a)

10.1(b)

10.2

10.3(a)

10.3(b)

10.3(c)

10.3(d)

10.3(e)

10.3(f)

10.3(g)

10.3(h)

Form of Executive Non-Qualified Stock Option
Agreement under the 2006 Option Plan*

Exhibit 10.10 to the Form 8-K/A filed by RBS Global,
Inc./Rexnord LLC on July 27, 2006

Rexnord Management Incentive Compensation Plan  for
Executive Officers*

Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated May
18, 2016 (filed on May 24, 2016)

Rexnord Corporation Performance Incentive Plan, as
amended and restated effective May 18, 2016 (the
“Performance Incentive Plan”)*

The Company's 2012 Performance Incentive Plan (now
known as the Performance Incentive Plan)* (superseded
version)

Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy
Statement on Schedule 14A, filed on June 10, 2016

Exhibit 10.32 to the Company's Registration
Statement on Form S-1, SEC File No. 333-174504

Form of Option Agreement under the Performance
Incentive Plan*

Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended June 30, 2012

Form of Option and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
under the Performance Incentive Plan*

Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended September 30, 2014

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option and Performance
Stock Unit Agreement under the Performance Incentive
Plan* (current)

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option and Performance
Stock Unit Agreement under the Performance Incentive
Plan* (used for grants prior to fiscal 2017; superseded)

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Deferred
RSUs) for Directors under the Performance Incentive
Plan (current)

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Directors
under the Performance Incentive Plan* (used for fiscal
2016 grants; superseded)

Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s 10-Q for the quarter
ended June 30, 2016

Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended June 30, 2015

Exhibit 10.3(f) to the Company’s Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended March 31, 2016

Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended June 30, 2015

10.4 (a)

Employment Agreement, dated November 9, 2012,
between Rexnord Corporation and Todd A. Adams*

Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended September 29, 2012

90

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   90

5/23/17   3:46 PM

10.4(b)

First Amendment, dated August 6, 2015, to Employment
Agreement between Rexnord Corporation and Todd A.
Adams*

Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated
August 6, 2015

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

Form of Letter Agreement with Executive Officers*

Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated May
18, 2016 (filed on May 24, 2016)

Offer Letter between Rexnord Corporation and Matthew
Stillings*

X

Rexnord Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan,
effective as of January 1, 2016*

Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended December 31, 2015

Rexnord Corporation Executive Severance Plan, Effective
May 18, 2016*

Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated May
18, 2016 (filed on May 24, 2016)

Rexnord Corporation Executive Change in Control Plan,
Effective May 18, 2016*

Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated May
18, 2016 (filed on May 24, 2016)

Schedule of Compensation and Stock Ownership
Guidelines for outside members of the board, revised as
of December 2015*

Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended December 31, 2015

10.11

Form of Indemnification Agreement

10.12(a)

10.12(b)

10.12(c)

10.13

10.14(a)

10.14(b)

10.14(c)

Third Amended and Restated First Lien Credit Agreement
dated as of August 21, 2013, as adopted pursuant, and
filed as Exhibit B, to the Incremental Assumption
Agreement dated as of August 21, 2013 relating to the
Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as
of March 15, 2012, among Chase Acquisition I, Inc., RBS
Global, Inc., Rexnord LLC, certain subsidiaries of
Rexnord LLC, the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse
AG, as administrative agent

Incremental Assumption Agreement, dated as of
November 2, 2016, among Chase Acquisition I, Inc., RBS
Global, Inc., Rexnord LLC, certain domestic subsidiaries
of Rexnord LLC, the lenders party thereto, and Credit
Suisse AG, as administrative agent, related to the Third
Amended and Restated First Lien Credit Agreement
(revolving facility)

Incremental Assumption Agreement, dated as of
December 16, 2016, among Chase Acquisition I, Inc.,
RBS Global, Inc., Rexnord LLC, certain domestic
subsidiaries of Rexnord LLC, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman
Islands Branch and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative
agent, related to the Third Amended and Restated First
Lien Credit Agreement (term loan facility)

Second Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral
Agreement, dated and effective as of March 15, 2012,
among Chase Acquisition I, Inc., RBS Global, Inc.,
Rexnord LLC, each subsidiary of the borrowers identified
therein and Credit Suisse AG, as Administrative Agent for
the Credit Agreement Secured Parties

Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated
September 26, 2007, by and among the Originators,
Rexnord Industries, LLC as Servicer, and Rexnord
Funding LLC

First Amendment, dated as of November 30, 2007, to the
Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of
September 26, 2007, among Rexnord Funding LLC, as
the buyer, Rexnord Industries, LLC, as the servicer and an
originator, Zurn Industries, LLC, as an originator, Zurn
PEX, Inc., as an originator, and General Electric Capital
Corporation, as the administrative agent

Second Amendment, dated as of May 20, 2011, to the
Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of
September 26, 2007, among Rexnord Funding LLC, as
the buyer, Rexnord Industries, LLC, as the servicer and an
originator, Zurn Industries, LLC, as an originator, Zurn
PEX, Inc., as an originator, and General Electric Capital
Corporation, as the administrative agent

Exhibit 10.31 to the Company's Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (SEC File No. 333-174504)

Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated
August 21, 2013

Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated
November 2, 2016

Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated
December 16, 2016

Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed by RBS Global,
Inc./Rexnord LLC on March 16, 2012

Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by RBS Global,
Inc./Rexnord LLC on October 1, 2007

Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed by RBS Global,
Inc./Rexnord LLC on May 23, 2011

Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 8-K filed by RBS Global,
Inc./Rexnord LLC on May 23, 2011

91

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   91

5/23/17   3:46 PM

10.14(d)

10.15(a)

Omnibus Amendment, dated as of December 30, 2015, to
the Receivables Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated
September 26, 2007, and to the Amended and Restated
Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement,
dated May 20, 2011, by and among Rexnord Funding
LLC., as an Originator, as the buyer and as the borrower,
Zurn Industries, LLC, as an originator, Zurn PEX, Inc., as
an originator, Rodney Hunt - Fontaine Inc., as an
originator, GA Industries, LLC, as an originator, Rexnord
Industries, LLC, as the servicer, General Electric
Company as successor by merger to General Electric
Capital Corporation, as administrative agent, and the
swing line lender and the lenders signatory thereto

Amended and Restated Receivables Funding and
Administration Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2011, by
and among Rexnord Funding LLC, the financial
institutions from time to time party thereto and General
Electric Capital Corporation

Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated
December 30, 2015

Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by RBS Global,
Inc./Rexnord LLC on May 23, 2011

10.15(b)

See Exhibit 10.14(d) above

See Exhibit 10.14(d) above

10.16

12.1

21.1

23.1

24

31.1

31.2

32.1

Exhibit 1.1 to the Company's Form 8-K dated
December 1, 2016

Underwriting Agreement, dated December 1, 2016,
among Rexnord Corporation and Credit Suisse Securities
(USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as
representatives of the underwriters named in Schedule A
thereto

Statement Regarding Computation of Ratios of Earnings
to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends

List of Subsidiaries of the Company

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firm

Power of Attorney

Signatures page hereto

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Rule
13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Rule
13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL

101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
Document

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
Document

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
Document

* Denotes management plan or compensatory plan or arrangement.

+

The Company agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of the schedules omitted from this exhibit  to the Commission upon request.

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

92

90669 Rexnord 10-K.indd   92

5/23/17   3:46 PM

Management and Directors

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 

Todd A. Adams
President and Chief Executive Officer

Mark W. Peterson
Senior Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer

Sudhanshu Chhabra
President – Consumer Goods – PMC  
and Regional Executive India and Middle East

Rodney Jackson
Senior Vice President, Business  
and Corporate Development

George J. Powers
Chief Human Resources Officer

Matthew J. Stillings
Group Executive, President –  
Water Management Platform

Craig G. Wehr
Group Executive, President, Zurn

Patricia M. Whaley
Vice President, General Counsel  
and Secretary

Kevin J. Zaba
Group Executive, President,  
Process & Motion Control

DIRECTORS 

Paul W. Jones (b) (d)*
Non-Executive Chairman, Rexnord, and  
Retired Chairman, CEO, and President A.O. Smith Corporation

Todd A. Adams (d)
President and CEO, Rexnord

Mark S. Bartlett (a)*
Retired Partner, Ernst & Young LLP

Thomas D. Christopoul (b)*
Co-founder and Executive Vice President, 54 Madison Partners

Theodore D. Crandall (a)
Senior Vice President, Control Products and Solutions, 
Rockwell Automation, Inc.

David C. Longren (c)
Retired Senior Vice President, Polaris Industries, Inc. 

George C. Moore (a)
Director, Wastequip, Inc., Pro Mach, Inc., Encapsys, LLC  
and Industrial Container Services, LLC

John M. Stropki (b)
Retired Chairman, CEO and President,  
Lincoln Electric Holdings, Inc.

John S. Stroup (c)* (d)
President and CEO, Belden Inc.

Robin A. Walker-Lee (c)
Retired Executive Vice President, General Counsel  
and Secretary, TRW Automotive Holdings Corp.

Committees of the Board
(a) Audit
(b) Compensation
(c) Nominating and Corporate Governance
(d) Executive
*Denotes Committee Chairman

Non-GAAP Financial Information
In this annual report, we provide certain non-GAAP supplemental financial information that we believe is useful to our stockholders in assessing our performance. Adjusted 
EBITDA is provided because it is a key metric used to measure our compliance with our financial covenants under our credit agreement. This measure should not be considered 
as an alternative to net income, income from operations, or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted net income and adjusted earnings per 
share are useful in assessing our financial performance by excluding items that are not indicative of our core operating performance. Free Cash Flow is defined as cash flow from 
operations less capital expenditures, and we use this metric in analyzing our ability to service and repay our debt and to forecast future periods. However, this measure does not 
represent funds available for investment or other discretionary uses since it does not deduct cash used to service our debt or pay dividends. Core sales excludes the impact of 
acquisitions (such as the Cambridge acquisition), divestitures (such as the RHF product line exit) and foreign currency translation. Management believes that core sales facilitates 
easier and more meaningful comparison of our net sales performance with prior and future periods and to our peers. Management uses the other non-GAAP supplemental 
information to assess our ongoing financial performance because it provides additional insight into that performance by eliminating certain unusual or non-recurring items that 
we do not believe are indicative of continuing trends. In considering this non-GAAP supplemental information, please refer to the explanations and reconciliations provided or 
referenced in this annual report, including our fiscal 2017 Form 10-K, and our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Cautionary Statement on Forward-Looking Statements 
Information in this report may involve outlook, expectations, beliefs, plans, intentions, strategies or other statements regarding the future, which are forward-looking statements. 
These  forward-looking  statements  involve  risks  and  uncertainties.  All  forward-looking  statements  included  in  this  report  are  based  upon  information  available  to  Rexnord  
Corporation as of the date of the report, and Rexnord Corporation assumes no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. The statements in this report are not 
guarantees of future performance, and actual results could differ materially from current expectations. Numerous factors could cause or contribute to such differences. Please 
refer to “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in our fiscal 2017 Form 10-K, as well as Rexnord’s annual, quarterly and current reports 
filed on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission for a further discussion of the factors and risks associated with the business.

REXNORD  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2017

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
247 Freshwater Way
Milwaukee, WI 53204

(414) 643-3000

www.rexnord.com